Home

VAMP 210

1. 600 H RI 600 RXIDG 400 400 200 200 BH i 60 H k 20 60 404 40 40 20 es 20 a 1 Te E2 gt e k 20 A gt 4H 2 i E k1 E k2 2H kos 2 ks 1 1 0 8 4 0 8 K 0 5 0 6 0 6 044 04 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 TIset inverseDelayRI TIset inverseDelayRXIDG Figure 2 24 1 15 Inverse delay of Figure 2 24 1 16 Inverse delay of type RI type RXIDG M JAN ia 142 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 24 2 Free parametrisation using IEC IEEE and IEEE2 equations This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters and then editing the delay function constants i e the parameters A E The idea is to use the standard equations with one s own constants instead of the standardized constants as in the previous chapter Example for GE IAC51 delay type inverse k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2pu A 0 2078 B 0 8630 C 0 8000 D 0 4180 E 0 1947 1 0 5 0 2078 0 8630 r 0 4180 P 0 1947 0 37 J Te Ea The operation time in this example will be 0 37 seconds The resulting time current characteristic of this example matches quite well with the characteristic of the old electromechanical IAC51 induction disc relay Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setti
2. SINIT OJ ONJ O O Figure 8 1 3 Connection on the rear panel of the VAMP 259 4C8 m VAP im VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 251 VM259 EN007 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description Terminal X1 left side No Symbol Description i g 1 Ii S1 Phase current 1 S1 g 3 Ire S1 Phase current 12 S1 g 5 Irs S1 Phase current 13 S1 7 g 7 To S1 Residual current Io S1 o g 9 nll g 11 Un S1 Phase to ground voltage Ur S1 3l g 13 Ur S1 Phase to ground voltage Ur S1 15 9 15 Urs S1 Phase to ground voltage Urs S1 vil g 17 USynce S1 Synchrocheck voltage input S1 1 g 19 i o Terminal X1 right side No Symbol Description liz 2 Ii S2 Phase current 11 S2 la 4 Ii2 S2 Phase current 12 S2 a e L6 Trs S2 Phase current 13 S2 R 3 8 To S2 Residual current Io S2 Q lo 20 42 12 Un S2 Phase to ground voltage Uni S2 PA 44 14 Ur S2 Phase to ground voltage Urz S2 he 16 Urs 2 Phase to ground voltage Urs S2 hs 18_ Usyne S2 Synchrocheck voltage input S2 20 20 o ee JAN im 252 VAMP 24h suppo
3. Value Menu Submenu Description E nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of exported energy Eq nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of reactive energy E nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of imported energy Ewrap E DECIMAL COUNT Energy control E E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported energy kWh Eqt E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported reactive energy kvar E E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of imported energy kWh Eq E E PULSE SIZES Pulse duration of imported reactive energy ms E E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of exported energy ms Eqt E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of exported reactive energy ms E E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of imported energy ms Eq E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of imported reactive energy ms E E E pulse TEST Test the exported energy pulse Eq E E pulse TEST Test the exported reactive energy E K E pulse TEST Test the imported energy Eq E E pulse TEST Test the imported reactive energy IL1 I PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL1 A IL2 I PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL2 A IL3 I PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL3 A ILida I PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL1 A IL2da I PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL2 A IL3da I PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL3 A To TV SYMMETRIC Primary value of zerosequence CURRENTS residual current Io A IoC I SYMMETRIC Calculated Io A CURRENTS Il I SYMMETRIC Positive sequence current A
4. JAVANA gt a S M DE v o lo n olo 2 QS a Y S I Da KA SINI MITTI OJON OoOO SINIT OJ ONJ O O GL SLOWSY VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Figure 8 1 2 Connection on the rear panel of the VAMP 259 4C7 ee JAN im 250 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description MOVE 8DP 6S7dNWA syn E N ESA s a 88 I s I ES I ZS T E tol lal el LX as a asn agn asn 18 I 18 I 1s I Is I v o olo n olo Sle SINI MITTI OJON OoOO QA Z GL ALOWSY 0000 BSG QS QDS 2 O O KA lt
5. o x aj a s v n D alo VAMP259serial communication Figure 8 3 1 Example of VAMP259 back panel serial communication connection The internal connection in both communication modules is identical see Figure 8 3 2 The transmit and receive lines of all the three logical communication ports REMOTE LOCAL and EXTENSION port are available for both modules RS 232 signal levels Depending on the module type one or more of these ports are physically available at the external connector ee JAN im 256 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 8 Connections 8 3 Serial communication connection The communication modules convert the RS 282 signal levels to some other levels e g TTL RS 485 or fibre optics The modules may also contain intelligence to make protocol conversion on software level Z X3 1 EXT TX X3 2 EXT RX X3 3 REMDTE TX X3 4 REMDTE RX X3 5 8Vdc X3 6 L X3 7 x X3 8 LOCAL TX G5 LOCAL RX voce umor gt Em X3 11 Sync in X3 12 OPTx ID X3 13 L m X3 14 Internal connection Figure 8 3 2 Internal connection to communication modules The internal connection of the communication modules contain the RX TX signals from the communica
6. Symbol Description DI19 Digital input 19 DI19 Digital input 19 DI20 Digital input 20 DI20 Digital input 20 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 255 8 2 Auxiliary voltage 8 Connections Technical description 8 2 8 3 Auxiliary voltage The external auxiliary voltage Uaux standard 40 265 V ac dc or optional 18 36 Vdc for the terminal is connected to the terminals X3 17 18 NOTE When optional 18 36 Vdc power module is used the polarity is as follows X3 17 positive X3 18 negative Serial communication connection The device can be equipped with two optional communication interfaces Option 1 inbuilt Ethernet ST fiber interface or option module 1 Option 2 inbuilt Ethernet RJ 45 interface or option module 2 The physical location of the communication options is at the back of the relay The option modules can be installed at the site but the inbuilt Ethernet modules are installed at the factory see chapter 12 for more information Communication option 1 3 QX 7 2 3 4 Communication option 2 6 7 8
7. Starting time lt 100 ms Reset time lt 120 ms Reset ratio f gt and f gt gt 0 998 Reset ratio f lt and f lt lt 1 002 Reset ratio LV block Instant no hysteresis Inaccuracy starting 20 mHz starting LV block 3 of the set value or 0 5 V operating time 1 or 30 ms Suitable frequency area for low voltage blocking is 45 65 Hz Low voltage blocking is checking the maximum of line to line voltages This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts ee JAN im 288 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection stages NOTE f lt if device restarts for some reason there will be no trip even if the frequency is below the set limit during the start up Start and trip is blocked To cancel this block frequency has to visit above the set limit Underfrequency stages f lt and f lt lt Frequency measuring area 16 0 75 0 Hz Current and voltage meas range 45 0 65 0 Hz Frequency stage setting range 40 0 64 0 Hz Low voltage blocking 10 100 Un Definite time function operating time 0 10 300 0 s step 0 02 s Undervoltage blocking 2 100 Starting time lt 100 ms Reset time lt 120 ms Reset ratio 1 002 Reset ratio LV block Instant no hysteresis Inaccuracy starting 20 mHz
8. ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 65 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 4 4 Distance protection applications The behavior of distance zones x SIC DISTANCE STAGE Z1 lt 21 Set group DI control Group 1 Group 1 Forward Load block in use Yes T00 om DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS Line angle 9 o Load setting R 7 00 ohm LoadAngle 10 o Characteristic type 1 In the characteristic type 1 the line angle is set to 90 degrees The resistive setting R is set above the reactive setting X Therefore the resistive reach does not reach as far on the second quadrant as on the first quadrant The load setting R and the angle setting of load block can be found from distance common settings menu These values are being used only if the Load block in use is selected as Yes The tolerance of inaccuracy is now taken from the R setting This is because the R value is greater than the X value If the allowed inaccuracy is for example 5 and R setting is 10 Q the allowed tolerance would be 0 5 Q x SIC DISTANCE STAGE Z1 lt 21 Set group DI control Group 1 Group 1 Forward po DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS Line angle 9 o Load setting R 400 ohm LoadAngle 10 o VAMP E VM259 ENOO7 66 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Technical descript
9. Set An editable parameter password needed Used with IEC 60870 105 103 communication protocol The alarm screen will show the latest if it s the biggest registered fault current too Not used with Spabus because Spabus masters usually don t like to have unpaired On Off events Used with SPA bus protocol because most SPA bus masters do need an off event for each corresponding on event VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 14 Self supervision 3 14 3 14 1 Self supervision The functions of the micro controller and the associated circuitry as well as the program execution are supervised by means of a separate watchdog circuit Besides supervising the device the watchdog circuit attempts to restart the micro controller in a fault situation If the restarting fails the watchdog issues a self supervision alarm indicating a permanent internal fault When the watchdog circuit detects a permanent fault it always blocks any control of other output relays except for the self supervision output relay In addition the internal supply voltages are supervised Should the auxiliary supply of the device disappear an alarm is automatically given because the internal fault IF output relay functions on a working current principle This means that the IF relay is energized when the auxiliary supply is on and no internal fault is detect
10. Table 3 8 1 An example of circuit breaker wearing characteristics in a table format The value are taken from the figure above The table is edited with VAMPSET under menu BREAKER CURVE Point Interrupted current Number of permitted kA operations 1 0 mechanical age 10000 2 1 25 rated current 10000 3 31 0 maximum breaking current 80 4 100 1 5 100 1 6 100 1 7 100 1 8 100 1 Setting alarm points There are two alarm points available having two setting parameters each e Current The first alarm can be set for example to nominal current of the CB or any application typical current The second alarm can be set for example according a typical fault current e Operations left alarm limit An alarm is activated when there are less operation left at the given current level than this limit Any actual interrupted current will be logarithmically weighted for the two given alarm current levels and the number of operations left at the alarm points is decreased accordingly When the operations left i e the number of remaining operations goes under the given alarm limit an alarm signal is issued to the output matrix Also an event is generated depending on the event enabling Clearing operations left counters After the breaker curve table is filled and the alarm currents are defined the wearing function can be initialised by clearing the decreasing operation counters with
11. This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts 9 3 3 Voltage protection Overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt 59 Overvoltage setting range 50 150 Un for U gt U gt gt 50 160 Un for U gt gt gt Definite time characteristic operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 U gt U gt gt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 U gt gt gt Starting time Typically 60 ms Resetting time U gt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 Resetting time U gt gt U gt gt gt lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 99 0 800 0 1 20 0 step 0 1 Inaccuracy starting 3 of the set value operate time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts The measurement range is up to 160 V This limits the maximum usable setting when rated VT secondary is more than 100 V en JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 287 9 3 Protection stages 9 Technical data Technical description Undervoltage stages U lt U lt lt and U lt lt lt 27 Setting range 20 120 xUn Definite time function Operating time U lt Operating time U lt lt and U lt lt lt 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s
12. VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 ee JAN ia 109 2 17 Overfrequency and 2 Protection functions Technical description underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 81L 2 17 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 81L Frequency protection is used for load sharing loss of mains detection and as a backup protection for over speeding The frequency function measures the frequency from the two first voltage inputs At least one of these two inputs must have a voltage connected to be able to measure the frequency Whenever the frequency crosses the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation delay setting a trip signal is issued For situations where no voltage is present an adapted frequency is used See chapter 1 2 Protection mode for f gt lt and f gt lt gt lt stages These two stages can be configured either for overfrequency or for underfrequency Under voltage self blocking of underfrequency stages The underfrequency stages are blocked when biggest of the three line to line voltages is below the low voltage block limit setting With this common setting LVBlk all stages in underfrequency mode are blocked when the voltage drops below the given limit The idea is to avoid purposeless alarms when the voltage is off Initial self blocking of underfrequency stages
13. 2 Protection functions 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Parameters of the directional overcurrent stages lair gt gt gt lair gt gt gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status 5 Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SerpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of In Itz and Irs Ig gt gt gt gt A Pick up value scaled to Ip gt gt gt gt gt primary value Ig gt gt gt gt xIn Pick up setting Set Ig gt gt gt gt gt t gt gt gt s Definite operation time for Set t gt gt gt gt definite time only Mode Dir Directional 67 Set Undir Undirectional 50 51 Offset 9 Angle offset in degrees Set Measured power angle U1 Un Measured positive sequence voltage For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable para
14. Dimensions W x H x D 208 x 155 x 225 mm Material 1 mm steel plate Weight 4 2 kg Colour code RAL 7032 Casing RAL 7035 Back plate Package Dimensions W x H x D 215 x 160 x 275 mm Weight Terminal Package and Manual 5 2 kg Protection stages Non directional current protection Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Pick up current 0 10 5 00 x In Definite time function Operating time DT 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family Curve type Time multiplier k DT IEC IEEE RI Prg EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting Operating time at definite time function Operating time at IDMT function 3 of the set value or 5 mA secondary 1 or 30 ms 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts M VAP im 282 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical descript
15. 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description E IEEE LTEI a0 IEEE MI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 m 20 k 20 9 19 k 10 6 OR k 5 4 4 E S 2 B 3 ke2 1 1 1 0 8 08 0 6 06 k 0 5 0 4 04 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 VIset inverseDelayIEEE1_LTEI T Iset inverseDelayIBEE1_MI Figure 2 24 1 7 ANSIIEEE long Figure 2 24 1 8 ANSIVIEEE time extremely inverse delay moderately inverse delay sd IEEE STI ago IEEE STEI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 10 10 8 6 6 4 4 z E S a2 8 a2 1 1 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 04 0 2 02 k 20 0 1 0 1 k 10 0 08 0 08 eos Je eH 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_STI J Iset inverseDelaylEEE1_STEL Figure 2 24 1 9 ANSI IEEE short Figure 2 24 1 10 ANSI IEEE short time inverse delay time extremely inverse delay ee JAN im 138 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation IEEE2 inverse time operation Before the year 1996 and ANSI standard C37 112 microprocessor rela
16. 57 2 4 3 Distance protection Applications ccccecccceeeees 66 2 5 Line differential protection LdI gt 87 ssesessssseessessseeee 71 2 6 Overcurrent stage l gt 50 51 sssssssessssessesessseessessssee 73 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection ldir gt 67 oc 77 2 8 Current unbalance stage l gt 46 ccsscsssscesseees 83 2 9 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 ccccccsssecsssrecesreeees 84 2 10 Directional earth fault protection log gt 67N e 85 2 11 Earth fault protection lo gt SON 51N eeseceesseceeseees 91 2 12 Zero sequence voltage protection Uo gt 59N 96 2 13 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 cccssscesrneees 99 2 14 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 ssssssessssseessssssssesss 103 2 15 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 e sssssessssseesssssssseess 105 2 16 Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 108 2 17 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt G 1A MO eree E EEEE A E ETE E 110 2 18 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection CUP TOUR oreinen aea EE EN E 112 2 19 Synchrocheck 25 e ssssssesessssessessssseesssrsseresssresssssssresss 117 2 20 Second harmonic O C stage l gt 51F2 nesses 121 2 21 Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF 122 2 22 Programmable stages 99 exccsesavcicrsertanrinrciaverresernces 124 2 23 Arc fault protection SOARC SONARC optional 127 2 24 Invers
17. Trig level for Uo Itrig 10 800 In 80 Trig level for current Event On Off On Event mask Measured and recorded values of earth fault location EFDi Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Fault ph Fault phase information values X ohm Fault reactance recorded Date Fault date values F Time Fault time Time ms Fault time Count Number of faults M VAP im 184 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 3 16 Earth fault location 4 Measurement functions All the direct measurements are based on fundamental frequency values The exceptions are frequency and instantaneous current for arc protection The figure shows a current waveform and the corresponding fundamental frequency component second harmonic and rms value ina special case when the current deviates significantly from a pure sine wave i f e Opee an aa aaa ae po Load 0 199 ae amp amp 2 Q 5 F 2 se T I E SERWawawawacas Zo bP RAR A E E E 5 10t 0 00 005 010 015 020 025 030 Time s InrushCurrentLoad0 Figure 4 1 Example of various current values of a transformer inrush current m VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 185 4 1 Measurement accuracy 4 Measurement functions Technical description 4 1 Measurement accur
18. Uo 19 2 Ui 38 5 Us 19 2 U2 U1 50 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 195 4 10 Symmetric components 4 Measurement functions Technical description Figure 4 10 1 shows a graphical solution The input values have been scaled with V3 100 to make the calculation easier Positive sequence Fortescue U 2 3 aU a gt U aU Injected line to neutral voltages U 1 3 Figure 4 10 1 Example of symmetric component calculation using line to neutral voltages Unscaling the geometric results gives Ui 100 V3 x 2 3 38 5 U2 100V3x 1 3 19 2 U2 Ui1 1 3 2 3 50 ee JAN im 196 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling Many measurement values are shown as primary values although the device is connected to secondary signals Some measurement values are shown as relative values per unit or per cent Almost all pick up setting values are using relative scaling The scaling is done using the given CT VT ratios in the Scaling of the relay Following scaling equations seen in the sub chapters are useful when doing secondary testing 4 11 1 Current scaling NOTE The rated value of the device s current input 5 A 1A or 0 2 A does not have any effect in the scaling equations but it defines the measurem
19. VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 235 7 1 Subtransmission line protection 7 Applications Technical description 7 7 1 Applications The following examples illustrate VAMP 259 functions in most common applications Subtransmission line protection In this application example VAMP 259 line managers are used in subtransmission application Protected line is 110 kV and the length of the line is 40 km In this example the line is protected with line differential and distance functions 400 kV 110 kV substation gt Optical Pilot communication Linedifferential Distance Pilot commands i VAMP 259 subtransmission line protection 110 kV 20 kV mamae substation Figure 7 1 1 VAMP Line protection devices used in subtransmission line protection In between of the two line managers is used optical communication link which is carried along the power lines in the overhead line towers Relays communicate with each other in 5 ms cycles in which time the measurement data is transferred and processed in each of the line ends m VAP im 236 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 7 Applications 7 2 Distributed generation application 7 2 Distributed generation application In this application example VAMP 259 line managers are used in medium voltage application Protected line is 20 kV and in the line is connected distributed generation In this example the line i
20. VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 75 2 6 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of Iti Itz and Irs I gt gt gt gt gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value I gt gt gt gt gt xIn Pick up setting Set t gt gt t gt gt gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault current load current before the fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the overcurrent stages 8 latest faults I gt I gt gt I gt gt gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Ground fault 2 N Ground fault 3 N Groun
21. elapsed Setting parameters of VT supervisor VTSV Parameter Value Unit Default Description U2 gt 0 0 200 0 Un 34 6 Upper setting for VT supervisor I2 lt 0 0 200 0 In 100 0 Lower setting for VT supervisor t gt 0 02 600 0 s 0 10 Operation delay VT on On Off On VT supervisor on event VT off On Off On VT supervisor off event Measured and recorded values of VT supervisor VTSV Parameter Value Unit Description Measured U2 Un Measured negative value sequence voltage I2 In Measured negative sequence current Recorded Date Date of VT supervision Values alarm Time Time of VT supervision alarm U2 Un Recorded negative sequence voltage I2 In Recorded negative sequence current M JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 159 3 8 Circuit breaker condition 3 Supporting functions Technical description monitoring 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring The device has a condition monitoring function that supervises the wearing of the circuit breaker The condition monitoring can give alarm for the need of CB maintenance well before the CB condition is critical The CB wear function measures the breaking current of each CB pole separately and then estimates the wearing of the CB accordingly the permissible cycle diagram The breaking current is registered when the trip relay supervised by the circuit breaker failure protection CBFP is a
22. s pick up setting A B C Constant parameter according Table 2 24 1 3 ee JAN im 136 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation Table 2 24 1 3 Constants for IEEE ANSI inverse delay equation Delay t Parameter elay type A B c LTI Long time inverse 0 086 0 185 0 02 LTVI Long time very inverse 28 55 0 712 2 LTEI a extremely 64 07 0 250 2 MI Moderately inverse 0 0515 0 1140 0 02 VI Very inverse 19 61 0 491 2 EI Extremely inverse 28 2 0 1217 2 STI Short time inverse 0 16758 0 11858 0 02 STEI ae extremely 1 281 0 005 2 Example for Delay type Moderately inverse MI k 0 50 I 4pu Tpickup 2 pu A 0 0515 B 0 114 C 0 02 0 50 2 0 1140 19 49 Sh ext 2 The operation time in this example will be 1 9 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 24 1 8 IEEE LTI IEEE LTVI 600 400 600 400 200 200 100 100 80 60 40 60 40 20 20 10 10 8 P Py a 6 L 6 4 4 E z o oO am 2 2 0 8 0 6 0 4 0 8 0 6 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 08 0 06 0 1 0 08 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_LTI T Iset inverseDelayIEBE1_LTVI Figure 2 24 1 5 ANSI IEEE long Figure 2 24 1 6 ANSIIEEE long time inverse delay time very inverse delay ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 137
23. 21 Pick up setting range X 0 05 250 Q Pick up setting range R 0 05 250 Q Definite time function Setting range 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s Reset time lt 65 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 1 05 Inaccuracy Starting Typically 5 of X R if R gt X or 10 mQ when U gt 1V and I gt 0 5 A UxI gt 10 VA Operating time at definite time function 1 or 25 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum settable total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Earth fault distance stages Z1e Z5e 21N Pick up setting range X 0 05 250 Q Pick up setting range R 0 05 250 Q Definite time function Setting range 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s Start Io current setting range 0 01 8 00 x Ion 0 05 20 0 When Iocaic Start Io current input Io input X1 7 amp 8 Tocate In1 In2 Izs Reset time lt 65 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 1 05 Inaccuracy Starting Typically 5 of X R if R gt X or 10 mQ when U gt 1V and I gt 0 5 A UxI gt 10 VA Operating time at definite time function 1 or 25 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Distance common settings 21 and 21N Line angle 60 90 Load block
24. 32000 32000 E Subtracted from Modbus wn value before running XY off scaling set w ol Qa 3 gg InputR or HoldingR Modbus register type HEE lt EE ad z ra k s 1 9999 Modbus register for the measurement 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device C F K mA Ohm or VIA Unit selection Active value On Off Enabling for measurement ee JAN im 266 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 6 External I O extension modules Alarms for external analog inputs T Range Description 0 10000 Hysteresis for alarm limits 21x107 pee settini 21x107 ES A A g I lt Alarm Active state w z 21x107 Limit settin imi i 2 21x107 i T A g z g lt z lt Alarm Active state x lt Active value 1 9999 Modbus register for the measurement 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device On Off Enabling for measurement Analog input alarms have also matrix signals Ext Aix Alarm1 and Ext Aix Alarm2 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 267 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 Connections Technical description External digital inputs configuration VAMPSET only Range Description Communication read errors Bit number of Modbus register 1 16 value CoilS In
25. 6 1 mA Repeoilt U aux P 242 Q ee JAN im 244 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 7 Applications 7 4 Trip circuit supervision The external resistance value is calculated using Equation 7 4 2 4 Equation 7 4 2 4 R U rin U kimin kimin R 104 5 96 0 0048 242 1529 Q By selecting the next smaller standard size we get 1 5 KQ R coil The power rating for the external resistor is calculated using Equation 7 4 2 5 This equation includes a 100 safety margin to limit the maximum temperature of the resistor because modern resistors are extremely hot at their rated maximum power Equation 7 4 2 5 P 2 I2 ax R P 2 0 0061 2x1500 0 11 W Select the next bigger standard size for example 0 5 W When the trip contacts are still closed and the CB is already open the resistor has to withstand much higher power Equation 7 4 2 3 for this short time P 121 2 1500 9 8 W A 1 W resistor should be selected to withstand this short time peak power However if the trip relay can be closed for longer time than a few seconds a 20 W resistor should be used m VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 245 7 4 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description 7 4 3 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs The benefits of this scheme is that no external resistor is needed The drawbacks are that two dig
26. 9 3 8 Circuit breaker failure protection Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF Relay to be supervised T1 T14 depending the ordering code Definite time function Operating time 0 1 10 0 s step 0 1 s Reset time lt 95 ms Inaccuracy Operating time 20 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts ee JAN im 290 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection stages 9 3 9 Arc fault protection stages option The operation of the arc protection depends on the setting value of the ArcI gt Arclo gt and Arcloz gt current limits The arc current limits cannot be set unless the device is provided with the optional arc protection card Arc protection stage Arcl gt 50ARC option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 S2 S1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI 1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms Operating time Delayed Arc L gt 0 01 0 15 s BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 85 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms Arc protection stage Arclo
27. COTsize 1 Bytes Cause of transmission size TTFormat Short The parameter Set Full determines time tag format 3 octet time tag or 7 octet time tag MeasFormat Scaled The parameter Set Normalized determines measurement data format normalized value or scaled value DbandEna No Dead band calculation Set Yes enable flag DbandCy 100 10000 ms Dead band calculation Set interval Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAN im 232 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 8 6 2 9 External I O Modbus RTU master External Modbus I O devices can be connected to the device using this protocol See chapter 8 6 2 for more information IEC 61850 The relay supports communication using IEC 61850 protocol with native implementation IEC 61850 protocol is available with the optional inbuilt Ethernet port The protocol can be used to read write static data from the relay or to receive events and to receive send GOOSE messages to other relays IEC 61850 serve interface is capable of e Configurable data model selection of logical nodes corresponding to active application functions e Configurable pre defined data sets e Supported dynamic data sets created by clients e Supported reporting function with buffered and unbuffered Report Control Blocks e Supported control model direct with normal sec
28. If phase priority is selected as 1 gt 2 gt 3 this relay would NOT trip because fault L2 G inside the zone does not have the highest priority at the moment when the double earth fault occurs ee JAN im 62 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt No fault inside the protected zone Zle lt FAULT 1 FAULT 2 PHASE VOLTAGES LEAST 100ms paa Fault is noticed since one of the voltages in the network area is dropped below the set Phase under voltage limit limit and two other voltages are increasing above the set Phase over voltage limit limit This phase has to last least 100ms X When second fault appears another voltage has to drop at least 10 below the healthy phase Also set amount of zero sequence voltage has to be exceeded same applies to residual current if triggering condition Uo_Io is selected Selected relay does not see any fault inside the zone Zle lt There is no reason to trip ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 63 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description Fault too far away from the protected zone Zle lt FAULT 1 FAULT 2 pase O VOLTAGES LEAST 100m a eH Fault is noticed since one of the voltages in the network area is dropped below the set Phase under voltage limit li
29. Measured value Voltage LOW OK Current voltage status U1 Measured positive sequence voltage Recorded values Count Number of voltage sags during the current observation period Prev Number of voltage sags during the previous observation period Total Total summed time of voltage sags during the current observation period Prev Total summed time of voltage sags during the previous observation period m VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 157 3 6 Current transformer supervision 3 Supporting functions Technical description 3 6 Current transformer supervision The device supervise the external wiring between the device terminals and current transformers CT and the CT them selves Furthermore this is a safety function as well since an open secondary of a CT causes dangerous voltages The CT supervisor function measures phase currents If one of the three phase currents drops below Imin lt setting while another phase current is exceeding the Imax gt setting the function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has elapsed Setting parameters of CT supervisor CTSV Parameter Value Unit Default Description Imax gt 0 0 10 0 xIn 2 0 Upper setting for CT supervisor Imin lt 0 0 10 0 xIn 0 2 Lower setting for CT supervisor
30. OUTPUT MATRIX connected connected and latched T4 T2 T3 T4 A1 A2 DI Figure 7 4 2 4 An example of output matrix configuration for trip circuit supervision with one dry digital input ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 24 7 4 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description Example of dimensioning the external resistor R Uau 110 Vdc 20 10 Auxiliary voltage with tolerance Up 18Vdc Threshold voltage of the digital input Ib 3 mA Typical current needed to activate the digital input including a 1 mA safety margin Poi 50W Rated power of the open coil of the circuit breaker If this value is not known 0 Q can be used for the Reoil Umin Uax 20 88 V Umax Uauxt 10 121V Roi U aux P 242 Q The external resistance value is calculated using Equation 7 4 2 1 Equation 7 4 2 1 R U rin U pr Ip R i coil DI R 88 18 0 003 242 0 003 23 1 kQ In practice the coil resistance has no effect By selecting the next smaller standard size we get 22 kQ The power rating for the external resistor is estimated using Equation 7 4 2 2 and Equation 7 4 2 3 The Equation 7 4 2 2 is for the CB open situation including a 100 safety margin to limit the maximum temperature of the resistor Equation 7 4 2 2 P 2 1 R P 2 0 003 2x22000 0 40 W Select the next bigger standard size for example 0 5 W When the trip contact
31. Off Events are disabled OCAlarmOff Off Event enabling for Set combined o c starts On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled IncFltEvnt Disabling several start and Set trip events of the same fault On Several events are enabled Off Several events of an increasing fault is disabled ClrDly 0 s Duration for active alarm Set 65535 status Alri Alr2 Alri3 and OCs ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 175 3 13 Combined overcurrent status 3 Supporting functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note LINE FAULT Flt Fault trip status for each Fltr2 phase Fltr3 0 O No fault since fault ClrDly 1 1 Fault is on OCt Combined overcurrent trip status 0 Fltr FltL2 FltL3 0 1 Fltt 1 orFltr2 1 or Fltrs 1 LxTrip On Event enabling for Set Fitii 3 On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled LxTripOff Off Event enabling for Set Fitri 3 On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled OCTrip On Event enabling for Set combined o c trips On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled OCTripOff Off Event enabling for Set combined o c starts On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled IncFltEvnt Disabling several events of Set the same fault On Several events are enabled Off Several events of an increasing fault is disabled ClrDly 0 s Duration for active alarm Set 65535 status Fltu Flt2 Flts and OCt
32. Pick up setting range R 0 05 250 Q Load angle 10 40 Earth factor Setting range 0 00 10 00 Earth factor angle 60 60 Power swing dZ 1 0 50 00 Inaccuracy Starting 0 2 Q of set value when setting is 1 0 5 0 NOTE All distance zones are using angle memory when voltage of all phase is dropped below 0 5 V Angle memory is active for maximym of 500 ms So if the tripping time of zones is more than 0 5 s there won t be trip Direction checkin of angle memory function is based on U1 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 285 9 3 Protection stages 9 Technical data Technical description 9 3 2 Directional current protection Directional overcurrent stages lair gt and lair gt gt 67 Pick up current 0 10 4 00 x In Mode Directional non directional Minimum voltage for the direction solving 0 1 Vsecondary Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Reset ratio angle 2 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting rated valu
33. VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 10 EtherNet IP The relay supports communication using EtherNet IP protocol which is a part of CIP Common Industrial Protocol family EtherNet IP protocol is available with the optional inbuilt Ethernet port The protocol can be used to read write data from the relay using request response communication or via cyclic messages transporting data assigned to assemblies sets of data EtherNet IP main features e Static data model 2 standard objects Overload and Control Supervisor 2 private objects one for digital data and one for analog data and 4 configuration objects for protection functions configuration e Two configurable assemblies one producing and one consuming with the maximum capacity of 128 bytes each EDS file that can be fed to any client supporting EDS files can be generated at any time all changes to EtherNet IP configuration see configuration parameters in table below or to assemblies content require generating of the new EDS file e Three types of communications are supported UCMM one time request response Class 3 connection cyclic request response and Class 1 connection cyclic IO messages containing assemblies data EtherNet IP implementation on VAMP relay serves as a server and is not capable of initiating communication ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7
34. bus messages For ethernet interface configuration see chapter 6 1 4 Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU These Modbus protocols are often used in power plants and in industrial applications The difference between these two protocols is the media Modbus TCP uses Ethernet and Modbus RTU uses asynchronous communication RS 485 optic fibre RS 232 VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for Modbus A separate document Modbus Parameters pdf is also available The Modbus communication is activated usually for remote port via a menu selection with parameter Protocol See chapter 6 1 For ethernet interface configuration see chapter 6 1 4 ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 225 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description 6 2 3 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 247 Modbus address for the Set device Broadcast address 0 can be used for clock synchronizing Modbus TCP uses also the TCP port settings bit s 1200 bps Communication speed for Set 2400 Modbus RTU 4800 9600 19200 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Parity None Parity for Modbus RTU Set Even Odd Set An editable parameter password needed Profibus DP The Profibus DP protocol is widely used in industry An external VPA 3CG is required Device profile continuous mode In this mode the device is sending a c
35. for Set inverse time only Input To X1 7 8 See chapter 8 Tocale Thi Ine Ins Topeak X1 7 8 peak mode Iop gt only Set Intrmt s Intermittent time Set Dly20x s Delay at 20xIoset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIoset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIoset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 24 For details of seting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on m VAP ia 94 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 11 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51N Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stages lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SgrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value IoC
36. number 90 Private range function types are used for such data items which are not defined by the standard e g the status of the digital inputs and the control of the objects ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 229 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description The function type and information number used in private range messages is configurable This enables flexible interfacing to different master systems For more information on IEC 60870 5 103 in Vamp devices refer to the IEC103 Interoperability List document Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 254 An unique address within Set the system bit s bps Communication speed Set 9600 19200 MeasInt 200 10000 ms Minimum measurement Set response interval SyncRe ASDU6 response time Set Sync mode Synct Proc Msg Msg Proc Set An editable parameter password needed Parameters for disturbance record reading Parameter Value Unit Description Note ASDU23 On Enable record info Set Off message Smpls msg 1 25 Record samples in one Set message Timeout 10 10000 s Record reading timeout Set Fault Fault identifier number for IEC 103 Starts trips of all stages TagPos Position of read pointer Chn Active channel ChnPos Channel read position Fault numbering Faults Total number of faults GridFlts Fault burst
37. ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Fault voltage relative to Un V3 EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault ee JAN im 98 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 13 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 2 13 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 The thermal overload function protects the cables in the feeder mode against excessive heating due to overloading conditions Thermal model The temperature is calculated using rms values of phase currents and a thermal model according IEC 60255 8 The rms values are calculated using harmonic components up to the 15th ren Trip time ST In TLT Alarm a k ko lroae Valarm Alarm 60 0 6 Trip a k ko U ie ra Release time T C i e a I Trip release a 40 95 x ko X I mode Start release a 40 95 x ko X I wae X Valarm Alarm 60 0 6 T Operation time T Thermal time constant tau Setting value In Natural logarithm function I Measured rms phase current the max value of three phase currents Ip Preload current J 0xk x1 If temperature rise is 120 gt 1 2 This parameter is the memory of the algorithm and corresponds to the actual temperature rise k Overload factor Maximum continuous current i e service factor Setting value kO Ambient temperature factor Permitted cu
38. the front panel or using VAMPSET With VAMSET the events can be stored to a file especially in case the device is not connected to any SCADA system Only the latest event can be read when using communication protocols or VAMPSET Every reading increments the internal read pointer to the event buffer In case of communication error the latest event can be reread any number of times using an other parameter On the local panel scanning the event buffer back and forth is possible Event enabling masking In case of an uninteresting event it can be masked which prevents the particular event s to be written in the event buffer As a default there is room for 200 latest events in the buffer Event buffer size can be modified from 50 to 2000 in all v 10 xx softwares Modification can be done in Local panel conf menu Alarm screen popup screen can also be enabled in this same menu when Vampset setting tool is used The oldest one ee JAIN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 145 3 1 Event log 3 Supporting functions Technical description will be overwritten when a new event does occur The shown resolution of a time stamp is one millisecond but the actual resolution depends of the particular function creating the event For example most protection stages create events with 10 ms or 20 ms resolution The absolute accuracy of all time stamps depends on the time synchronizing of the relay See chapt
39. to configure relay functions Some parameters however can only be set by means of a PC connected to one of the local communication ports Some parameters are factory set 2 2 1 Navigating in menus All the menu functions are based on the main menu submenu structure 1 Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in the main menu 2 To move to a submenu repeatedly push the RIGHT key until the required submenu is shown Correspondingly push the LEFT key to return to the main menu 3 Push the ENTER key to confirm the selected submenu If there are more than six items in the selected submenu a black line appears to the right side of the display Figure 2 2 1 1 It is then possible to scroll down in the submenu scroll ENABLED STAGES 3 U gt On U gt gt On U gt gt gt On U lt Off U lt lt Off U lt lt lt Off Figure 2 2 1 1 Example of scroll indication 4 Push the CANCEL key to cancel a selection 5 Pushing the UP or DOWN key in any position of a sub menu when it is not selected brings you directly one step up or down in the main menu The active main menu selection is indicated with black back ground color The possible navigating directions in the menu are shown in the upper left corner by means of black triangular symbols ee JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 1 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Fig
40. 1 Secondary to per unit VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua is 38 1 V while Ua Up 0 gt Per unit voltage is Upu 38 1 0 0 V3x110 0 20 pu 20 Example 2 Per unit to secondary VT 12000 110 The device displays Uo 20 gt If U Ue 0 then secondary voltages at Ua is Usrc V3x0 2x110 38 1 V M VAP im 200 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 1 Output relays 5 5 1 Control functions Output relays The output relays are also called digital outputs Any internal signal can be connected to the output relays using output matrix An output relay can be configured as latched or non latched See output matrix for more details NOTE If the device has the mA option it is equipped with only three alarm relays from A1 to A3 The difference between trip contacts and alarm contacts is the DC breaking capacity See chapters 9 1 4 and 0 for details The contacts are SPST normal open type NO except alarm relays A1 A2 and A3 which have change over contacts SPDT Parameters of output relays Parameter Value Unit Description Note T1 T14 0 Status of trip output relay F 1 The actual number of relays depends on the ordering code Al A5 0 Status of alarm output relay F 1 IF Status of the internal fault F 0 indication relay 1 Force On Force flag for output relay Set Off forcing
41. 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting Peak mode 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operating time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Earth fault stages lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Tocate Tn1 In2 Izs Setting range Io gt gt 0 01 8 00 When Io 0 05 20 0 When Iocaic Definite time function Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting Peak mode 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz Operate time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts ee JAN im 284 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection stages Short circuit distance stages Z1 Z5
42. 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection stages Directional earth fault stages lop gt lop gt gt 67N Pick up current 0 005 8 00 x Ion 0 05 20 0 When Tocaic Start voltage 1 50 Uon Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Tocar Init In2 Izs Mode Non directional Sector ResCap Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 10 170 Definite time function Operating time 0 10 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Reset ratio angle 2 Inaccuracy Starting Uo amp lIo rated value In 1 5A 3 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting Uo amp Io Peak Mode when rated 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value value Ion 1 10A Sine wave lt 65 Hz Starting Uo amp Io Tocai 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated value Angle 2 when U gt 1V and Io gt 5 of Ion else 20 Operate time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operate time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse
43. 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 Start2 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR2 Start delay setting for this shot Discr1 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR1 Discrimination time setting for this shot Discr2 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR2 Discrimination time setting for this shot Measured and recorded values of AR function Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Obj1 UNDEFINED Object 1 oE OPEN state recorded CLOSE value OPEN_REQUEST CLOSE_REQUEST READY NOT_READY INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE FAIL Status INIT AR function RECLAIM_TIME state READY WAIT_CB_OPEN WAIT_CB_CLOSE DISCRIMINATION_TIME LOCKED FINAL_TRIP CB_FAIL INHIBIT Shot 1 5 The currently running shot ReclT RECLAIMTIME The STARTTIME currently DEADTIME running time DISCRIMINATIONTIME or last executed SCntr Total start counter Fail The counter for failed AR shots Shot1 Shot1 start counter Shot2 Shot2 start counter Shots Shot3 start counter Shot4 Shot4 start counter Shot5 Shotd start counter There are 5 counters available for each one of the two AR signals ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 215 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description L E E E E E E E 5 8 E 3 a2 Je Q
44. 753 3264 VM259ENOO7 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting UNITS FOR MIMIC DISPLAY e Unit for voltages V The choices are V volt or kV kilovolt e Scaling for active reactive and apparent power Power The choices are k for kW kvar and kVA or M for MW Mvar and MVA DEVICE INFO e Device type Type VAMP 2XX e Serial number SerN e Software version PrgVer e Bootcode version BootVer DATE TIME SETUP e Day month and year Date e Time of day Time e Date format Style The choices are yyyy mm dd dd nn yyyy and mm dd yyyy CLOCK SYNCHRONISATION e Digital input for minute sync pulse SyncDI If any digital input is not used for synchronization select Daylight saving time for NTP synchronization DST Detected source of synchronization SyScr Synchronization message counter MsgCnt Latest synchronization deviation Dev The following parameters are visible only when the access level is higher than User e Offset i e constant error of the synchronization source SyOS e Auto adjust interval AAIntv e Average drift direction AvDrft Lead or lag e Average synchronization deviation FilDev ee SAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 35 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting 2 4 8 Protocol menu Bus There are th
45. FIN 65101 Vaasa Internet www vamp fi Finland Email vamp vamp fi ee JAN ie VM259 ENOO7
46. Pre trig time PreTrig Manual trigger MnITrig Count of ready records ReadyRe REC COUPLING e Add a link to the recorder AddLink e Clear all links ClrLnks Available links DO DI Uline Uphase IL U2 U1 U2 U1 I2 In 12 11 12 11 loCale CosFii PF S Q P f Uo UL3 UL2 UL1 U31 U23 U12 Io IL3 IL2 IL1 Prms Qrms Srms Tanfii THDIL1 THDIL2 THDIL3 THDUa THDUb THDUc IL1RMS IL2RMS IL3RMS ILmin ILmax ULLmin ULLmax ULNmin ULNmax fy fz U12y U12z Configuring digital inputs DI The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the digital inputs menu The status of digital inputs DIGITAL INPUTS 1 20 24 32 Operation counters DI COUNTERS Operation delay DELAYs for DigIn The polarity of the input signal INPUT POLARITY Either normally open NO or normally closed NC circuit e Event enabling EVENT MASK1 en JAR ie 32 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting 2 4 5 Configuring digital outputs DO The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the digital outputs menu e The status of the output relays RELAY OUTPUTS 1 2 3 and 4 e The forcing of the output relays RELAY OUTPUTS 1 2 3 and 4 only if Force ON o Forced control 0 or 1 of the Trip relays o Forced control 0 or 1 of the Alarm relays o Forced con
47. Protocol selection for the Set extension port None Command line interface for VAMPSET ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 61850 IEC 61850 protocol Ethernet IP Ethernet IP protocol Port nnn Ip port for protocol Set default 102 TpAddr n n n n Internet protocol Set address set with VAMPSET NetMsk n n n n Net mask set with Set VAMPSET Gatew default 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP address set Set with VAMPSET NTPSvr n n n n Network time protocol Set server set with VAMPSET 0 0 0 0 no SNTP VS Port nn IP port for Vampset Set KeepAlive nn TCP keepalive interval Set MAC nnnnnnnnnnnn MAC address Msg nnn Message counter Errors nnn Error counter Tout nnn Timeout counter Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAN im 224 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 Communication protocols This protocols enable the transfer of the following type of data events status information measurements control commands clock synchronizing Settings SPA bus and embedded SPA bus only PC communication PC communication is using a VAMP specified command line interface The VAMPSET program can communicate using the local RS 232 port or using ethernet interface It is also possible to select SPA bus protocol for the local port and configure the VAMPSET to embed the command line interface inside SPA
48. Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description Terminal X7 No Symbol Description 4 1 DI7 Digital input 7 2 2 DI8 Digital input 8 3 3 DI9 Digital input 9 4 4 DI10 Digital input 10 5 5 DI11 Digital input 11 6 6 DI12 Digital input 12 7 7 COM1 Common potential of digital inputs 7 12 8 8 DI13 Digital input 13 9 9 DI14 Digital input 14 10 10 DI15 Digital input 15 11 11 DI16 Digital input 16 12 12 D117 Digital input 17 13 13 DI18 Digital input 18 14 14 COM2 Common potential of digital inputs 13 18 15 15 T4 Trip relay 4 16 16 T4 Trip relay 4 17 17 T3 Trip relay 3 18 18 T3 Trip relay 3 Terminal X8 VAMP 259 3C7 No Symbol Description 1 DI21 Digital input 21 2 DI22 Digital input 22 S 3 COM1 Common potential of digital inputs 21 22 A 4 DI23 Digital input 23 5 DI24 Digital input 24 6 COM2 Common potential of digital inputs 23 24 S 7 DI25 Digital input 25 8 DI26 Digital input 26 9 COM3 Common potential of digital inputs 25 26 2 10 DI27 Digital input 27 S 11 DI28 Digital input 28 12 COM4 Common potential of digital inputs 27 28 O 13 T8 Trip relay 8 Digital input 32 14 T8 Trip relay 8 Digital input 32 Q 15 T7 Trip relay 7 Digital input 31 16 T7 Trip relay 7 Digital input 3
49. Sparrow 0 408 ohms km and Raven 0 378 ohms km The fault location is normally used in the incoming bay of the substation Therefore the fault location is obtained for the whole network with just one device This is very cost effective upgrade of an existing system The algorithm functions in the following order 1 The needed measurements phase currents and voltages are continuously available 2 The fault distance calculation can be triggered in two ways by opening a feeder circuit breaker due to a fault and sudden increase in phase currents AI DI Other option is to use only the sudden increase in the phase currents AI 3 Phase currents and voltages are registered in three stages before the fault during the fault and after the faulty feeder circuit breaker was opened The fault distance quantities are calculated Two phases with the biggest fault current are selected The load currents are compensated NDA e The faulty line length reactance is calculated M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 179 3 15 Short circuit fault location 3 Supporting functions Technical description Setting parameters of fault location Dist Parameter Value Unit Default Description Trig dl Trigger mode dI DI1 DI20 triggering based on sudden increase of phase current Line 0 010 10 000 Ohms km 0 378 Line reactance of the reactance line This is used only to convert the
50. Technical description Table of Contents BOA SPA DUS innne 228 6 2 5 IEC B08 709A Steed epee anne 229 6 26 DNP 3 O rrecsiereceornienienuini inia aa o iiaia 231 627 IEC 60670 5710 caccuiminnaninrnns 232 6 2 8 External I O Modbus RTU master ceeeees 233 6 2 9 EC GIB OO isses dette chatcueietebesvoccatssitentichascieees 233 6 2 10 Eth herNet IP ssicsisatiavaradvigniwetiasinpiiebaiaaiaeeonnnn 235 7 PPPS ONOINS case cscocvtecctesctctvecsciccvedivcodvacesscacteccedadeedsesdeatecenece 236 7 1 Subtransmission HINGE PLOTECTION cccccccessesseeresecsees 236 7 2 Distributed Generation Application ceceeeeseeeeeeees 237 7 3 Medium voltage ring network protection s s s 238 7 4 Trip circuit SUDEP VISIO ssssssesssessesssssseseseesesssseserrrrrsese 239 7 4 1 Internal parallel digital INOUTS cceeeeeeeeeees 239 7 4 2 Trip circuit supervision with one digital input 239 7 4 3 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs 246 8 CONNECHONS 5 iissececscectcccsecesrccsvasnnvoumaraeaneassauamasse 249 8 1 Rear panel VIEW wisiiacinepecpatecedtaiat Mectotennehi ated 249 8 2 AUX liary YOO Seid ca eins tics cutairds wticGlasedecudeevebstadeawiceweeens 256 8 3 Serial COMMUNICATION CONNECTION 20 ccccccceeeeeeserees 256 8 3 1 Pin assignments of communication options 259 8 3 2 Front panel COMMS CTO esssssvssesieveisessinsgeesnstesietes ess 262 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection
51. The behavior of power swing blocking and out of step tripping functions Power swing is using the setting value Power swing setting dZ Power swing function is enabled when the Enable for power swing is active Depending of the setting dZ there is a certain sized area outside the biggest used distance zone If the dZ is set to 1 0 Q the swing area starts one ohm away from the edge of the biggest zone The idea of this area is to notice the power swing before it reaches the zone to have enough time to activate the internal blocking Power swing blocking is used to block desired distance zones by connecting the power swing line to the distance zones at the block matrix see Figure 2 4 4 1 Power swing blocking is active when the speed of the swing is less than the set value for example 1 0 Q 40 ms 40 ms is fixed value If the speed of the swing exceeds the 1 0 Q 40 ms limit there won t be block and the distance stage trips normally ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 69 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description Note Out of step activates at the edge of the power swing area NOT at the edge of the distance zone Out of step function can be connected to a tripping signal at the output matrix 1 Power swing may reach the zone from any direction but only as long as it leaves the zone at the first quadrant it will remain as a power swing In
52. The phase angle and Uo amplitude setting are discarded Only the amplitude of the selected Io input is supervised Input signal selection Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following inputs and signals e Input Io for all networks other than rigidly earthed e Calculated signal Iocai for rigidly and low impedance earthed networks Iocar Ini It2 Ins 310 ee JAN im 86 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 10 Directional earth fault protection 10 gt 67N Additionally the stage Io gt have two more input signal alternatives to measure current peaks to detect short restriking intermittent earth faults e Ioipeak to measure the peak value of input Io1 Intermittent earth fault detection Short earth faults make the protection to start to pick up but will not cause a trip Here a short fault means one cycle or more For shorter than 1 ms transient type of intermittent earth faults in compensated networks there is a dedicated stage Iot gt 67NT When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new start happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip Two independent stages There are two separately adjustable stages I gt and I gt gt Both the stages can be
53. Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Hz Faulty frequency EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R Rate of change of frequency ROCOF or df dt function is used for fast load shedding to speed up operation time in over and under frequency situations and to detect loss of grid For example a centralized dedicated load shedding relay can be omitted and replaced with distributed load shedding if all outgoing feeders are equipped with VAMP devices A special application for ROCOF is to detect loss of grid loss of mains islanding The more the remaining load differs from the load before the loss of grid the better the ROCOF function detects the situation Frequency behaviour during load switching Load switching and fault situations may generate change in frequency A load drop may increase the frequency and increasing load may decrease the frequency at least for a while The frequency may also oscillate after the initial change After a while the control system of any local generator may drive the frequency back to the original value However in case of a heavy short circuit fault or in case the new load exceeds the generating capacity the average frequency keeps on decreasing ee JAN im 112 VAMP 24h support p
54. When the biggest of the three line to line voltages has been below the block limit the underfrequency stages will be blocked until the pick up setting has been reached Four independent frequency stages There are four separately adjustable frequency stages f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt The two first stages can be configured for either overfrequency or underfrequency usage So totally four underfrequency stages can be in use simultaneously Using the programmable stages even more can be implemented chapter 2 22 All the stages have definite operation time delay DT Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually ee JAN im 110 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 17 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 81L Parameters of the over amp underfrequency stages f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt 81H 81L Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input
55. as Q as es I gt setting Current _ Open CB Close CB CBclose state CBopen state _ __ _ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Figure 5 7 2 Example sequence of two shots After shot 2 the fault is cleared 1 Current exceeds the I gt setting the start delay from shot 1 starts 2 After the start delay an OpenCB relay output closes 3 A CB opens The dead time from shot 1 starts and the OpenCB relay output opens 4 The dead time from shot 1 runs out a CloseCB output relay closes 5 The CB closes The CloseCB output relay opens and the discrimination time from shot 1 starts The current is still over the I gt setting 6 The discrimination time from the shot 1 runs out the OpenCB relay output closes 7 The CB opens The dead time from shot 2 starts and the OpenCB relay output opens 8 The dead time from shot 2 runs out the CloseCB output relay closes 9 The CB closes The CloseCB output relay opens and the discrimination time from shot 2 starts The current is now under I gt setting 10 Reclaim time starts After the reclaim time the AR sequence is successfully executed The AR function moves to wait for a new AR request in shot 1 ee JAN im 216 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 8 Logic functions 5 8 Logic functions The device supports customer defined programmable logic for boolean signals The logic is designed by using
56. between different shots is defined by shot specific reclaim time settings lt 5 53 Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time between different shots during sequence and also reclaim time after manual closing ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 211 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description Support for 2 circuit breakers firmware version gt 5 31 AR function can be configured to handle 2 controllable objects Object 1 is always used as CB1 and any other controllable object can be used as CB2 The object selection for CB2 is made with Breaker 2 object setting Switching between the two objects is done with a digital input virtual input or virtual output AR controls CB2 when the input defined by Input for selecting CB2 setting is active Control is changed to another object only if the current object is not close Blocking of AR shots firmware version gt 5 57 Each AR shot can be blocked with a digital input virtual input or virtual output Blocking input is selected with Block setting When selected input is active the shot is blocked A blocked shot is treated like it doesn t exist and AR sequence will jump over it If the last shot in use is blocked any AR request during reclaiming of the previous shot will cause final tripping Starting AR sequence firmware version gt 5 1 Each AR request has own separate starting delay counter
57. can be up to tens of kilometres Using resistive currents for comparison assures good insensitivity to line capacitive charge currents The threshold characteristics is biased for CT saturation as presented in Figure 2 5 1 dlResistIVE A Trip region Slope dI gt pick up Basic setting gt Start of slope Basic limit Phase current pu Figure 2 5 1 LDP tripping threshold characteristics ee JAIN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 7 2 5 Line differential protection Ldl gt 87 2 Protection functions Technical description Definite operation time of the LdI gt stage can be configured starting with 60 ms as the minimum value When the difference between resistive currents current has been greater than the threshold for at least 60 ms the line differential stage starts to count the operation time according to the configured parameter Ifthe difference between resistive currents drops below the threshold while counting the counting to trip is stopped If the difference between resistive currents remains like this for at least the time defined as the release delay default 5 ms the counting is cleared and the relay start is also cleared In case of the pilot channel failure the line differential protection is inactive LDP Start and Trip signals as well as pilot channel failure status are available as inputs in the output matrix and blocking matrix of the relay Th
58. change of frequency 81R 4 ROCOF stage Prg1 3 1st programmable stage 4 Prg2 3 2nd programmable stage 4 Prg3 3 3rd programmable stage 4 Prg4 3 4th programmable stage 4 Prgd 3 5th programmable stage 4 Prg6 3 6th programmable stage 4 Prg7 3 7th programmable stage 4 Prg8 3 8th programmable stage 4 If2 gt 3 Second harmonic O C stage 51F2 4 CBFP 3 Circuit breaker failure 50BF 4 protection CBWE 4 Circuit breaker wearing 4 supervision AR 15 Auto reclose 79 CTSV 1 CT supervisor 4 VTSV 1 VT supervisor 4 ArcI gt 4 Optional arc protection stage 50ARC 4 for phase to phase faults and delayed light signal Arclo gt 3 Optional arc protection stage 5ONARC 4 for earth faults Current input J01 OBJ 11 Object definitions 5 Lgic 2 Status and counters of user s 1 logic CONF 10 2 Device setup scaling etc 6 Bus 13 Serial port and protocol T configuration Diag 6 Device selfdiagnosis Notes 1 Configuration is done with VAMPSET 2 Recording files are read with VAMPSET 3 The menu is visible only if protocol ExternallO is selected for one of the serial ports Serial ports are configured in menu Bus 4 The menu is visible only if the stage is enabled 5 Objects are circuit breakers disconnectors etc Their position or status can be displayed and controlled in the interactive mimic display 6 There are two extra menus which are visible only if the access level operator or configurator has been opened with the corresponding password 7
59. characteristic ee JAN im 9 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 11 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51N IDMT The other stages have definite time operation characteristic By using the definite delay type and setting the delay to its minimum an instantaneous ANSI 50N operation is obtained Using the directional earth fault stages chapter 2 10 in undirectional mode two more stages with inverse operation time delay are available for undirectional earth fault protection Inverse operation time lo gt stage only Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for the Io gt stage The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 24 The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xIon and maximum measured phase current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 24 for more information Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Parameters
60. configured for definite time delay DT or inverse time delay operation time Inverse operation time Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for both stages Iog gt and Iop gt gt The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 24 The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xIon and maximum measured phase current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 24 for more information Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 87 2 10 Directional earth fault protection 2 Protection functions Technical description lOc p gt 67N I0fiisblock Choice Setting Setting Delay Enable events Icosp Res Ip gt s To gt s Ising Cap Figure 2 10 1 Block diagram of the directional earth fault stages Iop gt and lop gt gt loDir_ResCap A isa m Figure 2 10 2 Operation characteristic of the directional earth fault protection in Res or C
61. corrects itself with 1 ms every 9 9 seconds which equals 61 091 s week Example 2 If there is no external sync and the device s clock has been lagging five seconds in nine days and the AAIntv has been 9 9 s leading then the parameters are set as 1 AAInt yew i 5000 10 6 9 9 9 24 3600 AvDrft Lead NOTE When the internal time is roughly correct deviation is less than four seconds any synchronizing or auto adjust will never turn the clock backwards Instead in case the clock is leading it is softly slowed down to maintain causality ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 169 3 10 System clock and synchronization 3 Supporting functions Technical description System clock parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Date Current date Set Time Current time Set Style Date format Set y d m Year Month Day d m y Day Month Year m d y Month Day Year SyncDI The digital input used for clock ve synchronisation DI not used for synchronizing DI1 DI6 Minute pulse input TZone 12 00 UTC time zone for SNTP Set 14 00 synchronization Note This is a decimal number For example for state of Nepal the time zone 5 45 is given as 5 75 DST No Daylight saving time for SNTP Set Yes SySre Clock synchronisation source Internal No sync recognized since 200 s DI Digital input SNTP Protocol sync SpaBus Protocol sync ModB
62. df Hz Measured frequency values difference dU Un deg Measured voltage amplitude and phase angle difference UState Voltage status e g DD SState Synchrocheck status ReqTime z Request time status f Hz Measured frequency reference side fy i Hz Measured frequency comparison side U12 S Un Measured voltage reference side U12y Un Measured voltage comparison side Recorded ReqCntr Request counter values SyncCntr i z Synchronising counter FailCntr i Fail counter fv g Hz Recorded frequency reference side fy i Hz Recorded frequency comparison side U12 i Un Recorded voltage reference side U12y 5 Un Recorded voltage comparison side dAng Deg Recorded phase angle difference when close command is given from the function dAngC Deg Recorded phase angle difference when the circuit breaker actually closes EDly s The elapsed time compared to the set request timeout setting 100 timeout 1 Please note that the labels parameter names change according to the voltage selection The following signals of the both stages are available in the output matrix and the logic Request OK and Fail The request signal is active when a request has received but the breaker is not yet closed The OK signal is active when the synchronising conditions are
63. done easily When the desired submenu has been found with the arrow keys press the ENTER key to select the submenu Now the selected setting group is indicated in the down left corner of the display See Figure 2 2 3 2 Set1 is setting group one and Set2 is setting group two When the needed changes to the selected setting group have been done press the LEFT or the RIGHT key to select another group the LEFT key is used when the active setting group is 2 and the RIGHT key is used when the active setting group is 1 group2 SET I gt 51 Setting for stage I gt ILmax 400A Status I gt 600A Figure 2 2 3 2 Example of gt setting submenu en JAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 19 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 2 4 Fault logs All the protection functions include fault logs The fault log of a function can register up to eight different faults with time stamp information fault values etc The fault logs are stored in non volatile memory The fault logs are not cleared when power is switched off The user is able to clear all logs using VAMPSET Each function has its own logs See Figure 2 2 4 1 log AV lt p I gt log buffer Log buffer 1 2003 04 28 11 11 52 251 1 2 0 55 xin 0 02 xin Figure 2 2 4 1 Example of fault log To see the values of for example log two press the ENTER key to select the current log log
64. e ASDU address ALAddr For further details see the technical description part of the manual 2 4 9 Single line diagram editing The single line diagram is drawn with the VAMPSET software For more information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx single line diagram Bay f oA 0 000A OkW OKvar Figure 2 4 9 1 Single line diagram 2 4 10 Blocking and interlocking configuration The configuration of the blockings and interlockings is done with the VAMPSET software Any start or trip signal can be used for blocking the operation of any protection stage Furthermore the interlocking between objects can be configured in the same blocking matrix of the VAMPSET software For more information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx M JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 39 3 VAMPSET PC software Operation and configuration 3 VAMPSET PC software The PC user interface can be used for On site parameterization of the relay Loading relay software from a computer e Reading measured values registered values and events toa computer e Continuous monitoring of all values and events Two RS 232 serial ports are available for connecting a local PC with VAMPSET to the relay one on the front panel and one on the rear panel of the relay These two serial ports are connected in parallel However if the connection cables are connected to both ports only the port on the
65. e Parity Parity Default is Even For details see the technical description part of the manual EXTERNAL I O protocol This is a Modbus master protocol to communicate with the extension I O modules connected to the extension port Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity Parity Default is Even For details see the technical description part of the manual eee JAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 37 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting SPA BUS Several instances of this protocol are possible e SPABUS addres for this device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Event numbering style Emodel Default is Channel For details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 60870 5 103 Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Address for this device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Minimum measurement response interval MeasInt e ASDU6 response time mode SyncRel For details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 103 DISTURBANCE RECORDINGS For details see the technical description part of the manual PROFIBUS Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Mode e Bit rate bit s Use 2400 bps This para
66. fault reactance to kilometres ditrig 5 800 Imode 20 Trig current sudden increase of phase current Event Disabled lt Enabled Event mask Enabled Measured and recorded values of fault location Dist Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Distance km Distance to the fault values Xfault ohm Fault reactance o Date 5 Fault date Time 5 Fault time Time ms Fault time Cntr z Number of faults Pre A Pre fault current load current Fault A Current during the fault Post A Post fault current Udrop Un Voltage dip during the fault Durati s Fault duration Xfault ohm Fault reactance M VAP im 180 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 15 Short circuit fault location Below is presented an application example where the fault location algorithm is used at the incomer side Notice following things while commissioning the relay af Currents PRE FAULT TIME FAULT TIME WITH THE BREAKER POST FAULT MORE THAN 2 OPERATION TIME INCLUDED HAS TO ONLY FEW SECONDS TO BE 0 08 1 SECONDS CYCLES IN CASE THE DIGITAL INPUT IS USED TOGETGER WITH THE CURRENT CHANGE THE INPUT SIGNAL HAS TO BE ACTIVATED AT LEAST 0 5 SECONDS AFTER THE FAULT OCCURES DISTANCE TO SHORT CIRCUIT Fault reactance Distance to fault Voltage drop Fault duration Fa
67. for the index k Using k 2 Cx 10000 Ci 1 80 Ikn 81 kA Ik 1 25kA and the Equation 3 8 2 and Equation 3 8 3 the device calculates 10000 In aa _ n agp 1 5038 In 1250 ee JAN im 162 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring a 10000 1250 8 454 106 Using Equation 3 8 1 the device gets the number of permitted operations for current 6 kA _ 454 10 _ Thus the maximum number of current breaking at 6 kA is 945 This can be verified with the original breaker curve in Figure 3 8 1 Indeed the figure shows that at 6 kA the operation count is between 900 and 1000 A useful alarm level for operation left could be in this case for example 50 being about five per cent of the maximum 945 Example of operation counter decrementing when the CB is breaking a current Alarm2 is set to 6 kA CBFP is supervising trip relay T1 and trip signal of an overcurrent stage detecting a two phase fault is connected to this trip relay T1 The interrupted phase currents are 12 5 kA 12 5 kA and 1 5 kA How much are Alarm2 counters decremented Using Equation 3 8 1 and values n and a from the previous example the device gets the number of permitted operation at 10 kA _ 454 10 12500 8 At alarm level 2 6 kA the corresponding number of operations is calculated according Equatio
68. front panel will be active To connect a PC to a serial port use a connection cable of type VX 003 3 The VAMPSET program can also use TCP IP LAN connection Optional hardware is required There is a free of charge PC program called VAMPSET available for configuration and setting of VAMP relays Please download the latest VAMPSET exe from our web page www vamp fi For more information about the VAMPSET software please refer to the user s manual with the code VMV ENOxx Also the VAMPSET user s manual is available at our web site eee JAR ie 40 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259EN007 Technical description Table of Contents Table of Contents 1 alice le Us 0 5 pene tee nee Penne nner ERR Ese rT ar PrPErO PEP PSnEr re tPnEr rar Pen arp renr A 45 1 1 MAIN UI S ss sere anc dataecc taste lagnas canara giedumanamconmelseeetes 46 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques 47 2 Protection functions sssssoeeeeessssssssooecessssssssoooceeessssssso 49 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one 4 ae amp L110 a PREE 49 2 2 List OF DFOTSCHOMTUNCTIONS xcs cciinnscsnedsGviencensslediennsspenceisens 49 2 3 General features of protection STAGES cccccceesees 50 2 4 Distance protection 2 icpoceteacticastedussercecieiyssiesieedreenvtes 54 2 4 1 Short circuit distance protection Z lt 21 54 2 4 2 Earth fault distance protection Ze lt 21N
69. functions Technical description stages For example when there is a big fault in an outgoing feeder it might start i e pick up both the incoming and outgoing feeder relay However the fault must be cleared by the outgoing feeder relay and the incoming feeder relay must not trip Although the operating delay setting of the incoming feeder is more than at the outgoing feeder the incoming feeder might still trip if the operation time difference is not big enough The difference must be more than the retardation time of the incoming feeder relay plus the operating time of the outgoing feeder circuit breaker Figure 2 3 1 shows an overcurrent fault seen by the incoming feeder when the outgoing feeder does clear the fault If the operation delay setting would be slightly shorter or if the fault duration would be slightly longer than in the figure an unselective trip might happen the dashed 40 ms pulse in the figure In VAMP devices the retardation time is less than 50 ms Reset time release time Figure 2 3 2 shows an example of reset time i e release delay when the device is clearing an overcurrent fault When the device s trip contacts are closed the circuit breaker CB starts to open After the CB contacts are open the fault current will still flow through an arc between the opened contacts The current is finally cut off when the arc extinguishes at the next zero crossing of the current This is the start moment of the reset del
70. gt k gt L gt gt l gt 81L f lt f lt lt SONARC Arcl gt Arcl gt SOARC Arcl gt 48 le 37 Autorecloser matrix Blocking and output matrix Figure 8 7 2 1 Block diagram of VAMP 259 4C7 X3 15 X3 12 X3 13 X7 17 X7 18 X7 15 X7 16 X8 19 X8 20 X8 17 X8 18 X8 15 X8 16 X8 13 X8 14 X3 9 X3 11 X3 10 X2 7 X2 8 X25 X26 X2 3 X2 4 X2 1 X2 2 X29 X2 10 X2 11 VAMP259 4C7blockDiagram en JAN ae 272 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 8 Connections 8 7 Block diagrams 8 7 3 VAMP 259 4C8 Protection functions 50 51 3 gt 3I gt gt 3 gt gt gt 3I gt gt gt gt 46 gt 5ON 51N gt gt loo L gt gt gt 81L f lt f lt lt 50NARC Arcl gt Arcl gt SOARC Arcl gt 48 le 37 Autorecloser Blocking and matrix output matrix VAMP259 4C8blockDiagram Figure 8 7 3 1 Block diagram of VAMP 259 4C8 en JAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 273 8
71. identifier number Grid Time window to classify Set faults together to the same burst Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAN im VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 6 VM259 ENOO7 DNP 3 0 The device supports communication using DNP 3 0 protocol The following DNP 3 0 data types are supported counters Additional information can be obtained from the DNP 3 0 binary input binary input change double bit input binary output analog input Device Profile Document DNP 3 0 communication is activated via menu selection RS 485 interface is often used but also RS 232 and fibre optic interfaces are possible Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set bit s bps Communication speed Set 4800 9600 default 19200 38400 Parity Parity Set None default Even Odd SlvAddr 1 65519 An unique address for Set the device within the system MstrAddr 1 65519 Address of master Set 255 default LLTout 0 65535 ms Link layer confirmation Set timeout LLRetry 1 255 Link layer retry count Set 1 default APLTout 0 65535 ms Application layer Set 5000 default confirmation timeout CnfMode Application layer Set EvOnly default confirmation mode All DBISup Double bit input support Set No default Yes SyncMode 0 6
72. input Some stages also have inbuilt blocking logic For example an under frequency stage is blocked if voltage is too low For more details about block matrix see chapter 5 5 Forcing start or trip condition for testing purposes There is a Force flag parameter which when activated allows forcing the status of any protection stage to be start or trip for a half second By using this forcing feature any current or voltage injection to the device is not necessary to check the output matrix configuration to check the wiring from the output relays to the circuit breaker and also to check that communication protocols are correctly transferring event information to a SCADA system After testing the force flag will automatically reset 5 minute after the last local panel push button activity The force flag also enables forcing of the output relays and forcing the optional mA outputs ee JAN im 50 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 3 General features of protection stages Start and trip signals Every protection stage has two internal binary output signals start and trip The start signal is issued when a fault has been detected The trip signal is issued after the configured operation delay unless the fault disappears before the end of the delay time Output matrix Using the output matrix the user connects the internal start and trip signals to the o
73. isl i E Panel mounting VAMP E 296 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 12 Order information Technical description 12 Order information When ordering please state e Type designation VAMP 259 e Quantity e Options see respective ordering code ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 297 Technical description 12 Order information VAMP LINE MANAGER ORDER CODES VAMP 259 4 Note DI7 18 nominal activation voltage 4 Standard 24 Vdc Nominal earth fault current lo1 A B 5A C 1A D 0 2A Additional I O X8 terminal 6 None 7 8standard inputs 4 TCS Hybrid inputs outputs 8 10 outputs 9 8 standard inputs and 4 outputs Supply voltage V 40 265Vac de 18 36Vdc 40 265Vac de ARC Protection 18 36Vdc ARC Protection 40 265Vac de DI19 DI20 Optional 18 36Vdc DI19 DI20 Optional 7 OOODD 1 Optional hardware communication port 1 TTURS 232 VCM TTL Plastic Plastic serial fibre interface VCM FIBRE PP NA RS 485 interface 4 wire VCM 485 4 Glass Glass serial fibre interface VCM FIBRE GG Rx Plastic Tx Glass serial fibre interface VCM FIBRE PG Rx Glass Tx Plastic serial fibre interface VCM FIBRE GP RS 232 with RJ 45 connector VCM 232 ST 100Mbps ethernet fibre interface with IEC 61850 RTD inter
74. issues a start signal If the fault situation stays on longer than the delay setting a trip signal is issued The pick up setting range is from 200 to 200 of the nominal apparent power Sn The nominal apparent power is determined by the configured voltage and current transformer values Equation 2 16 1 S z VT katea Primary j CT rated Primary i V3 There are two identical stages available with independent setting parameters ee JAN ia 108 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 16 Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 Setting parameters of P lt and P lt lt stages Parameter Value Unit Default Description P lt P lt lt 200 0 200 0 Sn_ 4 0 Ps P lt P lt lt pick up 20 0 P lt lt setting t lt 0 3 300 0 s 1 0 P lt P lt lt operational delay S_On Enabled Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and recorded values of P lt and P lt lt stages Parameter Value Unit Description Measured P kW Active power value Recorded SCntr Start counter values Start reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Fit Sn Max value of fault EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping
75. latched relay follows the controlling signal A latched relay remains activated although the controlling signal releases There is a common release latched signal to release all the latched relays This release signal resets all the latched output relays and indicators The reset signal can be given via a digital input via a keypad or through communication Any digital input can be used for resetting The selection of the input is done with the VAMPSET software under the menu Release output matrix latches Under the same menu the Release latches parameter can be used for resetting OUTPUT MATRIX 1 T2 T3 T4 M A2 Sore A A H2 N A rs b gt trip gt gt gt start gt gt gt trip gt IDir gt start IDir gt trip Figure 5 4 1 Output matrix M VAN P im 206 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 5 Blocking matrix 5 5 Blocking matrix By means of a blocking matrix the operation of any protection stage can be blocked The blocking signal can originate from the digital inputs DI1 to DIn see chapter order code or it can be a start or trip signal from a protection stage or an output signal from the user s programmable logic In the block matrix Figure 5 5 1 an active blocking is indicated with a black dot in the crossing point of a blocking signal and the signal to be blocked Outpu
76. logs Updates for I O cards Transient intermittent earth fault stage Ioint gt RMS mode added to I gt Short sircuit distance improvements Max op time extended to 7200s for programmable delay curves New CPU card with optional inbuilt Ethernet interface and 61850 protocol distance protection and line differential protection Digital input sync supports DCF 77 timecode Support for SNTP version 4 VIO12 RTD module support added VCM RTD option module support added IEC 61850 updates including GOOSE added UTF 8 support for local HMI panel Russian added ee JAN im 300 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 13 Revision history Technical description 10 38 IEC 61850 updates added UTF 8 support for local HMI panel Russian added RTD Inputs Quick Setup support added EthernetIP added DeviceNet improvements Improvements added to DNP3 0 IEC 60870 5 101 protocols DI AC mode added 10 45 Power swing blocking and out of step tripping functions added Line angle degrees setting added for the tripping zones 10 46 NVRAM event buffer size is user parameter 10 48 Support for HMS Profibus solution IRIG B0083 Better code address checking 10 49 Polarity added for relays Read write MAC address to from EEPROM with new chip IEC61850 DI counters are reported via deadband calculation 10 51 SC fault distance added to IEC103 map 10 56 Uo setting grange of IoDir stages changed from 1 20 to
77. met or the voltage check criterion is met The fail signal is activated if the function fails to close ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 119 2 19 Synchrocheck 25 2 Protection functions Technical description the breaker within the request timeout setting See below the figure object close command gived mimic or bus request go down when actually make only sync request Teal object close is requested SYNC REQUEST n a t SYNC OK i o i OBJECT CLOSE COMMAND i H 1 io i H t pi lt p Synchronizing time if timeout happen Sync_Fail signal activates Timeout defined in synchrocheck Figure 2 19 1 The principle of the synchrocheck function Normal object close operation Please note that the control pulse of the selected object should be long enough For example if the voltages are in opposite direction the synchronising conditions are met after several seconds Obj y close gt Synchrocheck gt Object CB command 1 T v v Sync_Fail signal Object_Fail signal if if sync timeout real object control fail happen Time settings Synchrocheck Max synchronize time seconds Object Max object control pulse len 200ms Figure 2 19 2 The block diagram of the synchrocheck and the controlling object Please note that the wiring of the secondary circuits of voltage transformers to the device terminal depends on the selected
78. module VAM 16D The optional external VAM 16D led module provides 16 extra led indicators in external casing Module is connected to the serial port of the device s front panel Please refer the User manual VAM 16 D VM16D ENxxx for details 8 6 2 External input output module The device supports an optional external input output modules sed to extend the number of digital inputs and outputs Also modules for analogue inputs and outputs are available The following types of devices are supported e Analog input modules RTD e Analog output modules mA output e Binary input output modules EXTENSION port is primarily designed for IO modules This port is found in the LOCAL connector of the device backplane and IO devices should be connected to the port with VSE003 adapter NOTE If ExternallO protocol is not selected to any communication port VAMPSET doesn t display the menus required for configuring the IO devices After changing EXTENSION port protocol to ExternallO restart the device and read all settings with VAMPSET ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 265 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 Connections Technical description _ External analog inputs configuration VAMPSET only Range Description Communication read errors X 32000 82000 Y2 Scaled value Y 1000 1000 Point 2 X2 Modbus value Y1 Scaled value Point 1 bp X1 Modbus value ii
79. not reset immediately after the fault is cleared but resets after the release delay has elapsed If the fault appears again before the release delay time has elapsed the delay counter continues from the previous value This means that the function will eventually trip if faults are occurring often enough Configurable hysteresis The dead band is 3 by default It means that an overvoltage fault is regarded as a fault until the voltage drops below 97 of the pick up setting In a sensitive alarm application a smaller hysteresis is needed For example if the pick up setting is about only 2 above the normal voltage level hysteresis must be less than 2 Otherwise the stage will not release after fault Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 103 2 14 Overvoliage protection U gt 59 2 Protection functions Technical description Figure 2 14 1 shows the functional block diagram of the overvoltage function stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt Blocking Start Event Tegister Trip Event register Figure 2 14 1 Block diagram of the three phase overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt Setting Hysteresis Release Delay Enable U gt s delay events Parameters of the ov
80. of the undirectional earth fault stage lo gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output m JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 93 2 11 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51N 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value IoCale according the parameter ToPeak Input below Io gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Io gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set parameter Input and the corresponding CT value Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter IEEE 2 24 Set IEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter VI 2 24 Set EI LTI Parameters t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier
81. one The current log number is then indicated in the down left corner of the display See Figure 2 2 4 2 Log2 log two The log two is selected by pressing the RIGHT key once log2 I gt log buffer 03 08 21 342 1 2 1 69 xin 0 95 xin 13 Figure 2 2 4 2 Example of selected fault log ee JAR ie 20 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO07 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations 2 2 5 Operating levels The relay has three operating levels User level Operator level and Configurator level The purpose of the access levels is to prevent accidental change of relay configurations parameters or settings USER level Use Possible to read e g parameter values measurements and events Opening Level permanently open Closing Closing not possible OPERATOR level Use Possible to control objects and to change e g the settings of the protection stages Opening Default password is 1 Setting state Push ENTER Closing The level is automatically closed after 10 minutes idle time Giving the password 9999 can also close the level CONFIGURATOR level Use The configurator level is needed during the commissioning of the relay E g the scaling of the voltage and current transformers can be set Opening Default password is 2 Setting state Push ENTER Closing The level is automatically closed after 10 minutes idle time Giving the password 9999 can also c
82. parameter Clear Clear oper left cntrs After clearing the device will show the maximum allowed operations for the defined alarm current levels Operation counters to monitor the wearing The operations left can be read from the counters AriLn Alarm 1 and ArzLn Alarm2 There are three values for both alarms one for each phase The smallest of three is supervised by the two alarm functions ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 16 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring 3 Supporting functions Technical description Logarithmic interpolation The permitted number of operations for currents in between the defined points are logarithmically interpolated using equation Equation 8 8 1 C where C permitted operations I interrupted current a constant according Equation 3 8 2 n constant according Equation 3 8 3 Equation 3 8 2 C In Cin PR L n In Equation 8 8 3 a C I ln natural logarithm function Cx permitted operations k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Ix corresponding current k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Cx 1 permitted operations k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Ik corresponding current k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Example of the logarithmic interpolation Alarm 2 current is set to 6 kA What is the maximum number of operations according Table 3 8 1 The current 6 kA lies between points 2 and 3 in the table That gives value
83. phase 11 phase current or line to neutral voltage V phasor of phase rz W phasor of phase 13 NOTE The zero sequence or residual measurement signals connected to the device are Uo and 3lo However usually the name lo is used instead of the correct name 3lo Example 1 single phase injection Un 100V Injection Uti Ur 2 100 V Urz Urz 0 U _1f1 a 10020 1 10020 33 A 7 i a 0 eee J f U1 33 Uz 33 U2 U1 100 When using a single phase test device the relative unbalance U2 U will always be 100 ee JAN im 194 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 10 Symmetric components Example 2 two phase injection with adjustable phase angle Un 100V Injection Uti Uni 100 V3 V 20 57 7 V 20 Utz Ur 100 V3 V 2 120 57 7 V 2 120 Urs Ur 0V This is actually identical case with example 2 because the resulting line to line voltages Ur 2 Uni Utz 100 V 230 and Ur2s Ur Urs Urs 100 V3 VZ 120 are the same as in example 2 The only difference is a 30 phase angle difference but without any absolute angle reference this phase angle difference is not seen by the device 100 78 U 11 1 3 100 20 100 2 120 U 5 1 aa aa 7 100 20 100 20 U la a 0 100 20 1002 120 100Z 60 19 24 60 l 20020 38 520 3v3 100 260 19 27 60
84. phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 for shot 1 will cause final tripping During sequence run an AR request which is not enabled for the next shot will cause final tripping Critical AR request Critical AR request stops the AR sequence and cause final tripping Critical request is ignored when AR sequence is not running and also when AR is reclaiming Critical request acceptance depends on the firmware version Firmware Critical signal is accepted during version gt 5 31 Dead time and discrimination time lt 5 31 Discrimination time only Shot active matrix signals firmware version gt 5 53 When starting delay has elapsed active signal of the first shot is set If successful reclosing is executed at the end of the shot the active signal will be reset after reclaim time If reclosing was not successful or new fault appears during reclaim time the active of the current shot is reset and active signal of the next shot is set Gf there are any shots left before final trip AR running matrix signal This signal indicates dead time The signal is set after controlling CB open When dead time ends the signal is reset and CB is controlled close Final trip matrix signals There are 5 final trip signals in the matrix one for each AR request 1 4 and critical When final trip is generated one of these signals is set accord
85. protection 2 Protection functions Technical description Idir gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of It Itz and Irs Ig gt Ip gt gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Ip gt Ip gt gt xIn Pick up setting Set Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter IEEE 2 24 Set IEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter VI 2 24 Set EI LTI Parameters t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier Set for inverse time only Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIset Mode Dir Directional mode 67 Set Undir Undirectional 50 51 Offset 2 Angle offset in degrees Set a Measured power angle U1 Un Measured positive sequence voltage A B C D User s constants for Set E standard equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 24 M VAP ia 80 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description
86. related status indicators Configurable ee JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 2 1 Front panel 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Resetting latched indicators and output relays All the indicators and output relays can be given a latching function in the configuration There are several ways to reset latched indicators and relays e From the alarm list move back to the initial display by pushing the CANCEL key for approx 3 s Then reset the latched indicators and output relays by pushing the ENTER key e Acknowledge each event in the alarm list one by one by pushing the ENTER key equivalent times Then in the initial display reset the latched indicators and output relays by pushing the ENTER key The latched indicators and relays can also be reset via a remote communication bus or via a digital input configured for that purpose 2 1 5 Adjusting display contrast The readability of the LCD varies with the brightness and the temperature of the environment The contrast of the display can be adjusted via the PC user interface see chapter 3 ee JAR ie 10 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations 2 2 Local panel operations The front panel can be used to control objects change the local remote status read the measured values set parameters and
87. the output matrix setting group control is possible Application for cold load detection Right after closing a circuit breaker a given amount of overload can be allowed for a given limited time to take care of concurrent thermostat controlled loads Cold load pick up function does this for example by selecting a more coarse setting group for over current stage s It is also possible to use the cold load detection signal to block any set of protection stages for a given time Inrush current detection Inrush current detection is quite similar with the cold load detection but it does also include a condition for second harmonic relative content of the currents When all phase currents have been less than a given idle value and then at least one of them exceeds a given pick up level within 80 ms and the ratio 2 4 harmonic ratio to fundamental frequency Ip In of at least one phase exceeds the given setting the inrush detection signal is activated This signal is available for output matrix and blocking matrix Using virtual outputs of the output matrix setting group control is possible By setting the Pickupf2 parameter for If If to zero the inrush signal will behave equally with the cold load pick up signal Application for inrush current detection The inrush current of transformers usually exceeds the pick up setting of sensitive overcurrent stages and contains a lot of even harmonics Right after closing a circuit breaker the pick
88. the set operating time 100 tripping M VAP im 116 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 19 Synchrocheck 25 2 19 Synchrocheck 25 The device includes a function that will check synchronism when the circuit breaker is closed The function will monitor voltage amplitude frequency and phase angle difference between two voltages feeding side and reference The reference voltage used for sychrochecking is either phase to phase voltage Ui2 or phase to ground voltage Uri Setting parameters of synchrocheck stage SyC1 25 Parameter Values Unit Default Description Side UL1 ULLy U12 ULLy Voltage selection The UL1 ULNy used voltage reference is selected with voltage measurement mode from the Scaling menu CBObj Obj1 Obj1 NOTE The stage is always using the object 1 for syncrocheck SMode Async Sync Synchrocheck mode Sync Off Off only voltage check Async the function checks dU df and dangle Furthermore the frequency slip df determines the remaining time for closing This time must be longer than CB time Sync mode Synchronization is tried to make exactly when angle difference is zero In this mode df setting should be very small lt 0 3H2 M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 117 2 19 Synchrocheck 25 2 Protection functions Techni
89. up and tripping of sensitive overcurrent stages can be avoided by selecting a more coarse setting group for the appropriate over current stage with inrush detect signal It is also possible to use the detection signal to block any set of protection stages for a given time ee JAN im 152 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection O Pickup 4 j Cold load and Inrush No activation because the current has not been under the set lae current Current dropped under the Iae current level but now it stays between the Ia current and the pick up current for over 80ms No activation because the phase two lasted longer than 80ms Now we have a cold load activation which lasts as long as the operation time was set or as long as the current stays above the pick up setting Figure 3 8 1 Functionality of cold load inrush current feature Parameters of the cold load amp inrush detection function Parameter Value Unit Description Note ColdLd z Status of cold load detection Start Cold load situation is active Trip Timeout Inrush z Status of inrush detection Start Inrush is detected Trip Timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of I Irz and Irs Pickup A Primary scaled pick up value Idle A Primary scaled upper limit for idle current MaxTime s Set Idle
90. 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Undervoltage blocking 0 80 x Un Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time for U lt Reset time for U lt lt and U lt lt lt Retardation time Reset ratio hysteresis Reset ratio Block limit 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s lt 95 ms lt 50 ms 1 001 1 200 0 1 20 0 step 0 1 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy starting blocking time 3 of set value 3 of set value or 0 5 V 1 or 30 ms This is the total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Zero sequence voltage stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt 59N Zero sequence voltage setting range 1 60 Uon Definite time function Operating time 0 3 300 0 s step 0 1 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Inaccuracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting UoCale 3LN mode 1 V Operate time 1 or 150 ms 9 3 4 Frequency protection Overfrequency and underfrequency protection stages f gt lt and f gt gt lt lt 81H 81L Frequency measuring area 16 0 75 0 Hz Current and voltage meas range 45 0 65 0 Hz Frequency stage setting range 40 0 70 0 Hz Low voltage blocking 10 100 Un Definite time function operating time 0 10 300 0 s step 0 02 s
91. 00 9A Another way to calculate THD is to use the RMS value as reference instead of the fundamental frequency value In the example above the result would then be 13 0 ee JAIN im 188 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 4 Demand values 4 4 Demand values The device calculates average 1 e demand values of phase currents Ii Irz ILs and power values S P and Q The demand time is configurable from 10 minutes to 30 minutes with parameter Demand time Demand value parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Time 10 30 min Demand time averaging time Set Fundamental frequency values Inida A Demand of phase current In1 Thoda A Demand of phase current Inz Insda A Demand of phase current Irs Pda kW Demand of active power P PFda Demand of power factor PF Qda kvar Demand of reactive power Q Sda kVA Demand of apparent power S RMS values Inida A Demand of phase current In1 Thoda A Demand of phase current Itz Inada A Demand of phase current Irs ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 189 4 5 Minimum and maximum values 4 Measurement functions Technical description 4 5 Minimum and maximum values Minimum and maximum values are registered with time stamps since the latest manual clearing or since the device has been re
92. 00 s Timeout for state changes If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Object timeout setting object fails and Object failure matrix signal is set Also undefined event is generated ee JAN im 208 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 6 Controllable objects Controlling with DI firmware version gt 5 53 Objects can be controlled with digital input virtual input or virtual output There are four settings for each controllable object Setting Active DI for remote open control In remote state DI for remote close control DI for local open control In local state DI for local close control If the device is in local control state the remote control inputs are ignored and vice versa Object is controlled when a rising edge is detected from the selected input Length of digital input pulse should be at least 60 ms 5 6 1 Local Remote selection In Local mode the output relays can be controlled via a local HMI but they cannot be controlled via a remote serial communication interface In Remote mode the output relays cannot be controlled via a local HMI but they can be controlled via a remote serial communication interface The selection of the Local Remote mode is done by using a local HMI or via one selectable digital input The digital input is normally used to change a whole s
93. 01 2 13 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameters of the thermal overload stage T gt 49 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F Time hh mm ss Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout T Calculated temperature rise F Trip limit is 100 MaxRMS Arms Measured current Highest of the three phases Imax A kxIn Current corresponding to the 100 temperature rise k gt acl Allowed overload service Set factor Alarm Alarm level Set tau min Thermal time constant Set ctau xtau Coefficient for cooling time Set constant Default 1 0 kTamb xIn Ambient temperature corrected max allowed continuous current Imax40 In Allowed load at Tamb 40 Set C Default 100 Imax70 In Allowed load at Tamb 70 Set C Tamb C Ambient temperature Set Editable Samb n a Default 40 C Samb Sensor for ambient n a temperature Set ExtAT1 No sensor in use for Tamb 16 External Analogue input 1 16 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C
94. 1 50 10 58 DbEF final version New features in IEC 61850 added Outputs vef files with suomi amp russian language packets 10 68 Default font sizes changed Io gt gt minimum delay setting changed to 0 05s with 0 01s step Popup window added for language packet init EF items EFDX EFDFph EF ctr and EFDFItDist added to IEC103 10 69 Ethernet IP and DeviceNet identity info changes 10 74 Double earth fault blocking first version added I gt and Io gt Io gt gt gt gt stages with faster operation time Harmonic driver to 10ms priority IOCALC driver to 10ms priority Logic outputs to GOOSE ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 301 Technical description 14 Reference information 14 Reference information Documentation Mounting and Commissioning Instructions VMMC ENOxx VAMPSET User s Manual VMV ENOxx Manufacturer Service data VAMP Ltd P O Box 810 FIN 65101 Vaasa Finland Visiting address Yritt j nkatu 15 Phone 358 0 20 753 3200 Fax 358 0 20 753 3205 URL http www vamp fi 24h support Tel 358 0 20 753 3264 Email vampsupport vamp fi VAMP 358 20 753 3264 ee JAN im 302 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 ee JAN ia VM259 EN007 We reserve the right to changes without prior notice VAMP Ltd Street address Yritt j nkatu 15 Phone 358 20 753 3200 Post address Fax 358 20 753 3205 P O Box 810
95. 1 9 17 T6 Trip relay 6 Digital input 30 18 T6 Trip relay 6 Digital input 30 9 19 T5 Trip relay 5 Digital input 29 20 T5 Trip relay 5 Digital input 29 M VAP im 254 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Terminal X8 VAMP 259 3C8 No Symbol Description 1 T14 Trip relay 14 2 T14 Trip relay 14 3 T13 Trip relay 13 4 T13 Trip relay 13 5 T21 Trip relay 12 6 T12 Trip relay 12 7 T11 Trip relay 11 8 T11 Trip relay 11 9 T10 Trip relay 10 10 T10 Trip relay 10 11 T9 Trip relay 9 12 T9 Trip relay 9 13 T8 Trip relay 8 Digital input 32 14 T8 Trip relay 8 Digital input 32 15 T7 Trip relay 7 Digital input 31 16 T7 Trip relay 7 Digital input 31 17 T6 Trip relay 6 Digital input 30 18 T6 Trip relay 6 Digital input 30 19 T5 Trip relay 5 Digital input 29 20 Td Trip relay 5 Digital input 29 Symbol Description BI External arc light input BO Arc light output COM Common connector of arc light I O S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector S 2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 DI20 option
96. 132 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation Table 2 24 1 Current input Maximum measured Maximum secondary secondary current scaled setting enabling inverse delay times up to full 20x setting Tit Inez ILs and Tocatc 250 A 12 5A Ton 5 A 50 A 2 5A Tn 1A 10A 0 5A Ton 0 2 A 2A 0 1 A The availableIon values depend on the order code VAMP 259 has 5 A 1 A or 0 2 A residual current inputs available Desired input needs to be specified when ordering the relay Example of limitations CT 750 5 Application mode is Feeder CTo 100 1 cable CT is used for residual current The cable CT is connected to a 1 A terminals of the available Io inputs For overcurrent stage I gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting for I gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 12 5 A 5 A 2 5 xIn 1875 ApPrimary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 0 5 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 0 5 Al 1 A 0 5 Xlon 50 APrimary 2 24 1 Standard inverse delays IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI The available standard inverse delays are divided in four categories IEC IEEE IEEE2 and RI called delay curve families Each category of family contains a set of different delay types according the following table Inverse time setting error signal The inv
97. 2 300 00 s 10 00 Reclaim time setting This is common for all the shots ARreq On Off Off AR request event ShotS On Off Off AR shot start event ARlock On Off Off AR locked event CritAr On Off Off AR critical signal event ARrun On Off Off AR running event FinTrp On Off Off AR final trip event ReqEnd On Off Off AR end of request event ShtEnd On Off Off AR end of shot event CriEnd On Off Off AR end of critical signal event ARUnl On Off Off AR release event ARStop On Off Off AR stopped event FTrEnd On Off Off AR final trip ready event ARon On Off Off AR enabled event ARoff On Off Off AR disabled event CRITri On Off On AR critical final trip on event AR1Tri On Off On AR AR1 final trip on event AR2Tri On Off On AR AR2 final trip on event CRITri On Off On AR critical final trip off event AR1Tri On Off On AR AR1 final trip off event AR2Tri On Off On AR AR2 final trip off event Shot settings DeadT 0 02 300 00 s 5 00 The dead time setting for this shot This is a common setting for all the AR lines in this shot AR1 On Off Off Indicates if this AR signal starts this shot AR2 On Off Off Indicates if this AR signal starts this shot Startl 0 02 300 00 s 10 02 AR1 Start delay setting for this shot ee JAN ia 214 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 5 Control functions
98. 3 8 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp and elapsed delay Recorded values of the circuit breaker failure stage 8 latest faults CBFP 50BF Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 123 2 22 Programmable stages 99 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 22 Programmable stages 99 For special applications the user can built his own protection stages by selecting the supervised signal and the comparison mode The following parameters are available e Priority If operation times less than 60 milliseconds are needed select 10 ms For operation times under one second 20 ms is recommended For longer operation times and THD signals 100 ms is recommended e Link The name of the supervised signal see table below e Cmp Compare mode gt for over or lt for under comparison e Pick up Limit of the stage The available setting range and the unit depend on the selected signal e T Definite time operation delay e Hyster Dead band hysteresis e NoCmp Only used with compare mode under lt This is the limit to start the comparison Signal values under NoCmp are not regarded
99. 4 circuit breaker Iuirms Iti RMS for average sampling Inarms Itz RMS for average sampling Insrms Its RMS for average sampling ULyy Voltage behind circuit breaker Ui2z Voltage behind 2 4 circuit breaker ILmin ILmax Minimum and maximum of phase currents ULLmin ULLmax Minimum and maximum of line voltages ULNmin ULNmax Minimum and maximum of phase voltages m VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 125 2 22 Programmable stages 99 2 Protection functions Technical description Eight independent stages The device has eight independent programmable stages Each programmable stage can be enabled or disabled to fit the intended application Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually There are two identical stages available with independent setting parameters Parameters of the programmable stages PrgN 99 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for stat
100. 50082 2 Static discharge ESD EN 61000 4 2 class TI 6 kV contact discharge 8 kV air discharge Fast transients EFT EN 61000 4 4 class III 2 kV 5 50 ns 5 kHz Surge EN 61000 4 5 class III 2 kV 1 2 50 us common mode 1 kV 1 2 50 us differential mode Conducted HF field EN 61000 4 6 0 15 80 MHz 10 V m Emitted HF field EN 61000 4 3 80 1000 MHz 10 V m GSM test ENV 50204 900 MHz 10 V m pulse modulated 9 2 2 Test voltages Insulation test voltage IEC 60255 5 2 kV 50 Hz 1 min Class III Surge voltage IEC 60255 5 Class III 5 kV 1 2 50 ps 0 5 J e 9 2 3 Mechanical tests Vibration IEC 60255 21 1 10 60 Hz amplitude 0 035 mm Class I 60 150 Hz acceleration 0 5g sweep rate 1 octave min 20 periods in X Y and Z axis direction Shock IEC 60255 21 1 half sine acceleration 5 g duration 11 ms Class I 3 shocks in X Y and Z axis direction ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 281 9 3 Protection stages 9 Technical data Technical description 9 2 4 9 2 5 9 2 6 9 3 9 3 1 Environmental conditions Operating temperature 10 to 55 C Transport and storage temperature 40 to 70 C Relative humidity lt 75 1 year average value lt 90 30 days per year no condensation permitted Casing Degree of protection IEC 60529 IP20
101. 5535 s Clock synchronization Set request interval 0 only at boot Set An editable parameter password needed m VAMP im VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 231 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description 6 2 7 IEC 60870 5 101 The IEC 60870 5 101 standard is derived from the IEC 60870 5 protocol standard definition In Vamp devices IEC 60870 5 101 communication protocol is available via menu selection The Vamp unit works as a controlled outstation slave unit in unbalanced mode Supported application functions include process data transmission event transmission command transmission general interrogation clock synchronization transmission of integrated totals and acquisition of transmission delay For more information on IEC 60870 5 101 in Vamp devices refer to the IEC 101 Profile checklist amp datalist document Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note bit s 1200 bps Bitrate used for serial Set 2400 communication 4800 9600 Parity None Parity used for serial Set Even communication Odd LLAddr 1 65534 Link layer address Set LLAddrSize 1 2 bytes Size of Link layer address Set ALAddr 1 65534 ASDU address Set ALAddrSize 1 2 Bytes Size of ASDU address Set IOAddrSize 2 3 Bytes Information object Set address size 3 octet addresses are created from 2 octet addresses by adding MSB with value 0
102. 59 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt Z5 X settg point 72 B load angle Load area in forwatrd direction Load area in reverse direction polygonal characteristics Figure 2 4 1 3 The distance protection polygonal characteristics In this example zone 3 is in reverse direction and zone 5 is non directional Parameters of the distance protection stage 21 Parameter Value Unit Default Description X 0 05 250 00 ohm 0 80 X setting R 0 05 250 00 ohm 0 80 R setting MODE Reverse Forw Forward Direction mode ard Undirectional t lt 0 04 300 00 S Operation delay LOAD No Yes Yes Load block in use BLOCK Common parameters for all zones LoadAngle 10 40 i 40 Load angle B LoadR 0 05 250 00 ohm 1 00 Load resistance X R and Load resistance settings are secondary impedances Primary values of settings are displayed in VAMPSET and display Voltage memory A 0 5 second cyclic buffer storing the phase to earth voltages is used as voltage memory The stored phase angle information is used as direction reference if all the phase voltages drop below 1 during a fault eee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 55 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description Teleprotection signals Signalling between two dist
103. 7 7 4 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description Note If for example DI13 and DI7 are used as the upper and lower digital inputs in the Figure 7 4 3 2 the usage of DI8 DI14 is limited to the same circuitry sharing the Vaux in the common terminal and the D114 DI18 cannot be used because they share the same common terminal with DI13 DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS Input Off Event Alarm display Counters 1 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 2 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 3 0 HO 0 00 On on on 0 4 0 HO 0 00 On on on 0 6 0 HO 0 00s On On On 0 6 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 7 0 NC 0 00 off off off 0 8 0 HO 0 00 On on on 0 3 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 10 0 HO 0 00 On on on 0 11 0 HO 0 00 On On on 0 12 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 13 0 NC 0 00s Off Off Off 0 Figure 7 4 3 3 An example of digital input configuration for trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs DI7 and DI138 LOGIC B Figure 7 4 3 4 An example of logic configuration for trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs DI7 and DI138 OUTPUT MATRIX Figure 7 4 3 5 An example of output matrix configuration for trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs ee JAR ie 248 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description Connections Rear panel view 8 1 VAMP 259 is connected to the protected object through the following measuring and control co
104. 7 9 1 Connections 9 Technical data Technical description 9 7 1 9 1 1 Technical data Connections Measuring circuitry Rated phase current Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 5 A configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A 0 250 A 20 A continuously 100 A for 10 s 500 A for 1 s lt 0 2VA Io input option B see Order information Rated residual current optional Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 5 A configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A 0 50 A 20 A continuously 100 A for 10 s 500 A for 1 s lt 0 2 VA Io input option C see Order information Rated residual current Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 1 A configurable for CT secondaries 0 1 10 0 A 0 10 A 4 A continuously 20 A for 10 s 100 A for 1 s lt 0 1 VA Io input option D see Order information Rated residual current optional Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 0 2 A configurable for CT secondaries 0 1 10 0 A 0 2 A 0 8 A continuously 4 A for 10 s 20 A for 1 s lt 0 1 VA Rated voltage Un Voltage measuring range 100 V configurable for VT secondaries 50 120 V 0 160 V 100 V 110 V Continuous voltage withstand 250 V Burden lt 0 5VA Rated frequency fn 45 65 Hz Terminal block Solid or stranded wire Maximum wire di
105. 8 Block diagrams of option modules 8 Connections Technical description 8 8 8 8 1 8 8 2 Block diagrams of option modules Optional arc protection X6 1 BI B O X6 2 BO X6 3 comm X6 4 L1 Xe5L1 gt X6 6 L2 X6 7 L2 a ee eee eee ONEN i ARC_option_block_diagram Figure 8 8 1 1 Block diagram of optional arc protection module Optional DI19 DI20 X6 1 D119 DI X6 2 D119 X6 3 DI 20 X6 4 DI 20 X6 5 NC X6 6 L D gt X6 7 L Figure 8 8 2 1 Block diagram of optional DI19 DI20 module with one arc channel ee JAN im 274 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 9 Connection examples 8 9 Connection examples Blocking and output matrix VAMP259 4C7 wiring no synchrocheck in use Autorecloser matrix L1 L2 L3 Figure 8 9 1 Connection example of VAMP 259 8C7 without a synchrocheck function in use The voltage measurement mode is set to 3LN ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 275 8 9 Connection examples 8 Connections T
106. 85 4 option RS 232 with VCM TTL standard Plastic fibre connection with VCM fiber option Glass fibre connection with VCM fiber option Data transfer rate 1 200 19 200 kb s Protocols ModBus RTU master ModBus RTU slave SpaBus slave IEC 60870 5 103 IEC 61870 5 101 ProfiBus DP option with external module DNP 3 0 e 9 1 8 Ethernet connection Number of ports 1 Electrical connection Ethernet RJ 45 Ethernet 10 Base T Protocols VAMPSET Modbus TCP IEC 61850 Data transfer rate 10 Mb s m VAP im 280 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 2 Tests and environmental conditions e e e 9 1 9 Arc protection interface option Number of arc sensor inputs 2 Sensor type to be connected VA 1 DA Operating voltage level 12 V de Current drain when active gt 11 9 mA Current drain range 1 3 31 mA NOTE If the drain is outside the range either sensor or the wiring is defected Number of binary inputs 1 optically isolated Operating voltage level 48 V de Number of binary outputs 1 transistor controlled Operating voltage level 48 V de NOTE Maximally three arc binary inputs can be connected to one arc binary output without an external amplifier 9 2 Tests and environmental conditions 9 2 1 Disturbance tests Emission EN 50081 1 Conducted EN 55022B 0 15 30 MHz Emitted CISPR 11 30 1 000 MHz Immunity EN
107. C If T7 not in use 32 X8 13 14 es use ee JAN im 204 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 3 Virtual inputs and outputs 5 3 Common Input group Wetting voltage input On Off X7 7 X7 1 6 DI 7 12 gt 18 V de or gt 50 Vac lt 10 V de or lt 5 Vac X7 14 X7 8 13 DI 13 18 gt 18 Vdc or gt 50 Vac lt 10 V dc or lt 5 Vac X8 3 X8 1 2 DI 21 22 gt 18 V de or gt 50 Vac lt 10 V dce or lt 5 V ac X8 6 X8 4 5 DI 23 24 gt 18 V de or gt 50 Vac lt 10 V dc or lt 5 Vac X8 9 X8 7 8 DI 25 26 gt 18 V de or gt 50 Vac lt 10 V dc or lt 5 V ac X8 12 X8 10 11 DI 27 28 gt 18 V de or gt 50 Vae lt 10 V dc or lt 5 Vac For input group X8 13 20 DI 29 32 it is possible to use different control voltages individually The digital input signals can also be used as blocking signals and control signals for the output relays Virtual inputs and outputs There are four virtual inputs and six virtual outputs The four virtual inputs acts like normal digital inputs The state of the virtual input can be changed from display communication bus and from VAMPSET For example setting groups can be changed using virtual inputs Parameters of virtual inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set VIL VI4 0 Status of virtual input 1 Events On Event enabling Set Off Parameter Value U
108. CURRENTS I2 I SYMMETRIC Negative sequence current A CURRENTS 12 11 TV SYMMETRIC Negative sequence current related to CURRENTS positive sequence current for unbalance protection THDIL I HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the mean value of phase currents THDIL1 HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL1 THDIL2 I HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL2 THDIL3 I HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL3 en JAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 25 VM259 ENOO7 2 3 Operating measures 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Value Menu Submenu Description Diagram I HARMONICS of IL1 Harmonics of phase current IL1 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram I HARMONICS of IL2 Harmonics of phase current IL2 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram I HARMONICS of IL3 Harmonics of phase current IL3 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Uline U LINE VOLTAGES Average value for the three line voltages V U12 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U12 V U23 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U23 V U31 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U31 V UL U PHASE VOLTAGES n for the three phase voltages V UL1 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL1 V UL2 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth volt
109. Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on ee JAN im 102 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 14 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 2 14 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 The overvoltage function measures the fundamental frequency component of the line to line voltages regardless of the voltage measurement mode chapter 4 7 By using line to line voltages any phase to ground over voltages during earth faults have no effect The earth fault protection functions will take care of earth faults Whenever any of these three line to line voltages exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued In rigidly earthed 4 wire networks with loads between phase and neutral overvoltage protection may be needed for phase to ground voltages too In such applications the programmable stages can be used See chapter 2 22 Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt All the stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic Configurable release delay The U gt stage has a settable release delay which enables detecting intermittent faults This means that the time counter of the protection function does
110. Chk DB Setting outside range 9 CPULoad OS overload a 2n Internal voltage fault 11 15V 12 ITemp Internal temperature too high 13 ADChk1 A D converter error 14 ADChk2 A D converter error 15 MSB E2prom E2prom error 0 LSB 12V Internal voltage fault SelfDiag4 1 ComBuff BUS buffer error The error code is displayed in self diagnostic events and on the diagnostic menu on local panel and VAMPSET M VAP im 178 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 15 Short circuit fault location 3 15 Short circuit fault location The device includes a stand alone fault location algorithm The algorithm can locate a short circuit in radial operated networks The fault location is given as in reactance ohms and kilometres Fault value can then be exported for example with event to a DMS Distribution Management System The system can then localize the fault If a DMS is not available the distance to the fault is displayed as kilometres as well asa reactance value However the distance value is valid only if the line reactance is set correctly Furthermore the line should be homogenous that is the wire type of the line should be the same for the whole length If there are several wire types on the same line an average line reactance value can be used to get an approximate distance value to the fault examples of line reactance values Overhead wire
111. Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu ee JAN ia 220 VAMP 24h su pport phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports 6 1 2 Remote port X9 Physical interface The physical interface of this port depends of the communication letter in the order code See Figure 6 1 1 chapter 8 chapter 12 and the table below The TTL interface is for external converters and converter cables only It is not suitable for direct connection to distances more than one meter Table 6 1 2 1 Physical interface and connector types of remote port X5 with various options TTL A is the default Order Code Communication interface Connector type A TTL for external converters only DIS B Plastic fibre interface HFBR 0500 C Not available D RS 485 isolated screw crimp E Glass fibre interface 62 5 125 um SMA F Plastic Rx glass 62 5 125 um Tx HFBR 0500 SMA fibre interface G Glass 62 5 125 um Rx plastic fibre SMA HFBR 0500 interface m VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 221 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for
112. Detailed protocol configuration is done with VAMPSET ee JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 15 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 2 2 Menu structure of protection functions The general structure of all protection function menus is similar although the details do differ from stage to stage As an example the details of the second overcurrent stage I gt gt menus are shown below First menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage first menu AV P gt I gt gt STATUS 50 51 ExDO Status Figure 2 2 2 1 First menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage This is the status start and trip counter and setting group menu The content is e Status The stage is not detecting any fault at the moment The stage can also be forced to pick up or trip if the operating level is Configurator and the force flag below is on Operating levels are explained in chapter 2 2 5 e SCntr 5 The stage has picked up a fault five times since the last reset of restart This value can be cleared if the operating level is at least Operator e TCntr 1 The stage has tripped two times since the last reset of restart This value can be cleared if the operating level is at least Operator e SetGrp 1 The active setting group is one This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator Setting groups are explained in chapter 2 2 3 e SGrpDI The setting grou
113. EE FD E4 FD Soporan Sm chosewinion 080 15 54 58 mem C47F8E FD CB FD CA FD EO FD DS FD D2 FD E0 FD EB FD EA F J 081 15 54 58 mem C47FA8 FE OC FE OE FE 16 FE OA FE 02 FE 04 FE 16 FE 18 FE 082 15 54 58 mem C47FC2 FD FC FD FS FD FA FD F4 FD DE FD EA 04 EF 05 67 0 E VAN P 083 15 54 58 mem C47FDC 78 40 58 00 3A 80 17 CO F4 00 DO CO AF 40 91 00 FE 084 15 54 58 mem C47FF6 FA 7F FA E3 FB 7B 87 CO A4 CO CS 40 E8 40 0B CO ie 1884 sen cao a7 0A oa O58 1008 8576 40500034 2 top operation Swel pss M Enable virtual measurement Zea sa ca CTE Protected target VAMP 52 Note The sample rate of the comtrade file has to be 32 cycle 625 gs when 50 Hz is used The channel names have to correspond to the channel names in Vamp relays IL1 IL2 IL3 Tol Io2 U12 U23 UL1 UL2 UL3 and Uo ee JAIN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 151 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush 3 Supporting functions Technical description current detection 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection Cold load pick up A situation is regarded as cold load when all the three phase currents have been less than a given idle value and then at least one of the currents exceeds a given pick up level within 80 ms In such case the cold load detection signal is activated for a given time This signal is available for output matrix and blocking matrix Using virtual outputs of
114. EN007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 3 Operating measures HARMONICS of IL1 3579 11 13 15 Figure 2 8 2 1 Example of harmonics bar display 2 3 3 Reading event register The event register can be read from the Evnt submenu 1 Push the RIGHT key once 2 The EVENT LIST appears The display contains a list of all the events that have been configured to be included in the event register event list EVENT LIST 44v Code 71E10 CB open timeout 2002 02 15 00 17 37 530 Figure 2 8 3 1 Example of an event register 3 Scroll through the event list with the UP and DOWN keys 4 Exit the event list by pushing the LEFT key It is possible to set the order in which the events are sorted If the Order parameter is set to New Old then the first event in the EVENT LIST is the most recent event ee VAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 27 2 3 Operating measures 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 3 4 Forced control Force In some menus it is possible to switch a signal on and off by using a force function This feature can be used for instance for testing a certain function The force function can be activated as follows 1 Move to the setting state of the desired function for example DO see Chapter 2 4 on page 29 2 Select the Force function the background color of the force text is black force Pick
115. LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout f Hz The supervised value Hz Pick up value fX Over under stage f gt lt See XX Mode Set f lt Over under stage f gt lt gt lt f lt lt Under stage f lt Under stage f lt lt s Definite operation time tX f gt lt stage tXX f gt lt gt lt stage Set t lt f lt stage t lt lt f lt lt stage Mode Operation mode only for f gt lt and f gt lt gt lt Set gt Overfrequency mode lt Underfrequency mode LVblck Un Low limit for self blocking This is a common setting for Set all four stages For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 111 2 18 Rate of change of frequency 2 Protection functions Technical description ROCOF protection df dt 81R 2 18 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp frequency during fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the over amp under frequency stages 8 latest faults f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt 81H 81L Parameter
116. OWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 1 kW PL2 P POWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 2 kW PL3 P POWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 3 kW QL1 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 1 kvar QL2 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 2 kvar QL3 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 3 kvar SL1 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 1 kVA SL2 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 2 kVA SL3 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 3 kVA PF_L1 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 1 PF_L2 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 2 PF_L3 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 3 cos P COS amp TAN Cosine phi tan P COS amp TAN Tangent phi cosL1 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L1 cosL2 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L2 cosL3 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L3 Iseq P PHASE SEQUENCIES Actual current phase sequency OK Reverse Useq P PHASE SEQUENCIES Actual voltage phase sequency OK Reverse Iog P PHASE SEQUENCIES Io Uo angle fAdop P PHASE SEQUENCIES Adopted frequency Hz E E ENERGY Exported energy MWh Eq E ENERGY Exported reactive energy Mvar E E ENERGY Imported energy MWh Eq E ENERGY Imported reactive energy Mvar en JAR ie 24 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259EN007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 3 Operating measures
117. RELAY OUTPUTS 1 Enable forcing T1 Figure 2 8 4 1 Selecting Force function 3 Push the ENTER key 4 Push the UP or DOWN key to change the OFF text to ON that is to activate the Force function 5 Push the ENTER key to return to the selection list Choose the signal to be controlled by force with the UP and DOWN keys for instance the T1 signal 6 Push the ENTER key to confirm the selection Signal T1 can now be controlled by force 7 Push the UP or DOWN key to change the selection from 0 not alert to 1 alert or vice versa 8 Push the ENTER key to execute the forced control operation of the selected function e g making the output relay of T1 to pick up 9 Repeat the steps 7 and 8 to alternate between the on and off state of the function 10 Repeat the steps 1 4 to exit the Force function 11 Push the CANCEL key to return to the main menu NOTE All the interlockings and blockings are bypassed when the force control is used ee JAR ie 28 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO07 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting The minimum procedure to configure a relay is 1 Open the access level Configurator The default password for configurator access level is 2 2 Set the rated values in menu CONF including at least current transformers voltage transformers and motor ratings if
118. Reserved y y 5 Reserved eed 6 Receive s 7 Reserved 8 Reserved Ethernet TCP port Fiber ST connectors ethernet 18 mm high modules Type Communication Signal Connector Pin usage ports levels VCM 232 REMOTE RS 232 RJ 45 connector 1 LOC TX LOCAL and 2 EXT TX EXTENSION i 8 lge4ey 4 GND 4 F 5 REM TX Co 6 REM RX ws 7 LOC RX 8 EXT RX VCM 485 2 REMOTE RS 485 3 pole screw LOCAL or 2 wire connector 2 EXTENSION connection 3 GND port selectable with a dip switch M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 259 8 3 Serial communication connection 8 Connections Technical description 32 mm high modules Type Communication Signal Connector Pin usage ports levels VCM TTL REMOTE REMOTE D connector 1 EXT TX TTL or RS 2 REM TX ne 3 REM RX eager 4 SYNC IN with a dip switch 5 LOC TX LOCAL LOCAL 6 LOC RX RS 232 T GND 8 EXT RX EXTENSION EXTENSIO 9 8V N RS 232 VCM 485 4 REMOTE RS 485 2 5 pole screw 1 GND LOCAL or or 4 wire connector 2 T EXTENSION connection 3 T port selectable 4 R with a dip switch 5 R VCM fiber REMOTE or Light Snap in PP LOCAL switch for connector selectable with echo no a dip switch echo and light no light selection VCM fiber REMOTE or Light ST connector GG LOCAL switch for selectable with echo no a dip switch echo and light no light selection VCM fib
119. Set remote port None SPA bus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DB slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 108 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of current 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits P parity none even odd S number of stop bits Debug Echo to local port Set No No echo Binary For binary protocols ASCII For SPA bus protocol Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu ee JAN im 222 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports 6 1 3 Extension port This is a RS 485 port for external I O devices The physical interface of this port depends on the type of communication modules The port is located in the rear panel connector X9 or X10 See Figure 6 1 1 and chapter 8 Parameters Paramete
120. TER key a RESTART text appears to the top right corner of the display This means that auto resetting is ee JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 29 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting pending If no key is pressed the auto reset will be executed within few seconds 2 4 1 Parameter setting 1 Move to the setting state of the desired menu for example CONF CURRENT SCALING by pushing the ENTER key The Pick text appears in the upper left part of the display 2 Enter the password associated with the configuration level by pushing the INFO key and then using the arrow keys and the ENTER key default value is 0002 For more information about the access levels please refer to Chapter 2 2 5 3 Scroll through the parameters using the UP and DOWN keys A parameter can be set if the background color of the line is black If the parameter cannot be set the parameter is framed 4 Select the desired parameter for example Inom with the ENTER key 5 Use the UP and DOWN keys to change a parameter value If the value contains more than one digit use the LEFT and RIGHT keys to shift from digit to digit and the UP and DOWN keys to change the digits 6 Push the ENTER key to accept a new value If you want to leave the parameter value unchanged exit the edit state by pushing the CANCEL key paramm CURRENT SCALING PICK CURRENT SCALING CT
121. The one which starting delay has elapsed first will be selected If more than one delay elapses at the same time an AR request of the highest priority is selected AR1 has the highest priority and AR4 has the lowest priority First shot is selected according to the AR request Next AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time Starting AR sequence firmware version lt 5 1 If more than one AR requests are active a request of the highest priority is selected AR1 has the highest priority and AR4 has the lowest priority After the start delay of shot 1 has elapsed AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time Starting sequence at shot 2 5 amp skipping of AR shots firmware version gt 5 1 Each AR request line can be enabled to any combination of the 5 shots For example making a sequence of Shot 2 and Shot 4 for AR request 1 is done by enabling AR1 only for those two shots NOTE If AR sequence is started at shot 2 5 the starting delay is taken from the discrimination time setting of the previous shot For example if Shot 3 is the first shot for AR2 the starting delay for this sequence is defined by Discrimination time of Shot 2 for AR2 For older firmware versions lt 5 1 starting at other shot than shot 1 or skipping shots is not possible AR request lines must be enabled to consecutive shots starting from shot 1 If AR sequence is not yet started an AR request which is not enabled ee JAN im 212 VAMP 24h support
122. VAMP 259 Line manager Operation and configuration instructions Technical description y DS VAMP 255 a bi T bi ew e 7 J eo Ewe _ A M VAN P ia ee JAR ie VM259ENO07 Operation and configuration Table of Contents Table of Contents De RUN E E E EEE TET 4 kl Relay TCT 9 enrenar eiae R AEEA 4 1 2 WSSU eS Ss cocailexincaaivatauteias ene enreceeinaas toca nennns 5 1 3 Operating Safety sseesesesesesserersresrrersserrrsserreressrrerssesrrees 5 2 Local panel user interface ssssssessssssssssssssssssseseees 6 2 1 Front panel ee ee eee ete eC 6 2l VSM oseese in Ee E E EE ER 6 2 1 2 Menu navigation and POINTENS sccccccccecessesseee 8 P S E C1010 O E E AE eee ee Se 8 2 1 4 Operation IONS OT ONS sss sneneesessesseeeeesessssesereeeesssseseee 9 2 1 5 Adjusting display CONIASt seeseesennenessssseseseeersesses 10 2 2 Local panel OperdtionS sssssssesserssssssesrrerrreesssseerrrreess 11 2 2 1 Navigating iN MENUS ssesssssssssssssesssrreesssssseserreersesses 11 2 2 2 Menu structure of protection functions 16 2 2 3 Setting OS a eccaceentadad vi ursnsaaweaviedasacteanhndecaiies 19 2 24 FAUITIOQS picestescenteussedinccsadicivclsints Sensdentuebvaveddadedvntens 20 2 2 5 Operating levelS esseoeseeesessssesererrresssesrrerreeessssee 21 2 3 Operating MEOSUES sis inssincctinctoortersusseensternetapsvesueedenavies 23 2 3 1 Cont
123. VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 139 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Example for Delay type Moderately inverse MI k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2pu A 0 1735 B 0 6791 C 0 8 D 0 08 E 0 127 Sioa eg ET gag Go Go Gs The operation time in this example will be 0 38 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 24 1 11 soo IEEE2MI 4 IEEE2 NI 400 400 200 200 100 80 60 40 100 80 60 40 20 20 delay s k 20 delay s k 10 k 5 k 2 0 2 k 1 0 1 0 08 0 06 k 0 5 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE2_MI V Iset inverse DelayIEEE2_NI Figure 2 24 1 11 IEEE moderately Figure 2 24 1 12 IEEE normal inverse delay Inverse delay ee JAN im 140 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation 600 400 200 100 60 40 20 delay s 0 2 0 1 0 08 0 06 IFEE2 VI k 20 k 10 k 5 k 2 k 1 k 0 5 4 5678 10 20 TIset inverseDelayIEEE2_VI 2 3 600 400 200 100 60 40 20 delay s 0 06 IFEE2 FI k 10 k 5 k 2 k 0 5 k 1 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverse DelayIEEE2_EI Figure 2 24 1 13 IEEE very inverse Figure 2 24 1 14 IEEE extremely delay Inverse delay RI and RXIDG type inverse time operation These two i
124. achieved Figure 2 18 3 Figure 2 18 4 shows an example where the frequency behaviour is the same as in the first figure but the tmin setting is 0 15 s instead of being equal with t The operation time depends of the measured average slope according the following equation Equation 2 18 1 f Ene T Ser ser where sl trrip Resulting operation time seconds SSET df dt i e slope setting hertz seconds tser Operation time setting t seconds S Measured average frequency slope hertz seconds ee JAIN im 114 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 18 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R The minimum operation time is always limited by the setting parameter tmin In the example of the fastest operation time 0 15 s is achieved when the slope is 2 Hz s or more The leftmost curve in Figure 2 18 3 shows the inverse characteristics with the same settings as in Figure 2 18 4 Slope and delay settings 0 5Hz s 1Hz s 1 5 Hz s 0 6 0 68 05s 04s ROCOF6_y3 0 8 0 7 0 5 0 6 0 5 0 4 Operation time s 0 3 Setting for minimum delay tyig 0 15 8 0 2 0 1 2 3 4 Measured slope df dt Hz s Figure 2 18 3 Three examples of possible inverse dt dt operation time characteristics The slope and operation delay settings define the knee points on the left A co
125. acts according this figure ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 53 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 4 2 4 1 Distance protection Z lt Short circuit distance protection Z lt 21 The distance protection function calculates the impedance Z U I of the short circuit fault loops If impedance is inside the tripping zone normally presented in R X plane the distance function operates In short circuit faults there are 3 possible fault loops The VAMP distance protection function calculates the impedances of the fault loops continuously and thus separate pick up conditions are not needed X Tripping R Zone olygonal characteristics Tipping zone Figure 2 4 1 1 An example of tripping zone Gray area is the tripping zone polygonal characteristics Short circuit fault loops Figure 2 4 1 2 Short circuit fault loops and formulas to calculate the fault impedances Zones and characteristics There are 5 zones Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 and Z5 for short circuit protection These are implemented as protection stages Z1 lt Z2 lt Z3 lt Z4 lt and Z5 lt Z1 extension can be implemented by applying second setting group to cover the extension zone in auto reclosing The distance protection s zones implement a polygonal characteristics as shown in Figure 2 4 1 3 ee JAN ia 54 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM2
126. acy Measurement accuracy Phase current inputs lu I2 lis Measuring range 25mA 250 A Inaccuracy I lt 75A 0 5 of value or 15 mA I gt 7 5A 3 of value The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Voltage inputs Ua Us Uc The usage of voltage inputs depends on the configuration parameter voltage measurement mode For example Ue is the zero sequence voltage input Uo if the mode 1LL Uo LLy is selected Measuring range 0 160 V Inaccuracy 0 5 or 0 3 V The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Residual current input lo The rated input In is 5A 1 A or 0 2 A Itis specified in the order code of the device Measuring range 0 10 xIn Inaccuracy I lt 1 5 xIn 0 3 of value or 0 2 of In I gt 1 5 xIn 3 of value The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Frequency Measuring range 16 Hz 75 Hz Inaccuracy 10 mHz Power measurements P Q S Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 1 of value or 3 VAsrc The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Power factor Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 0 02 unit The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Energy counters E Eqt E Eq Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 1 of value or 3 Whsecondary 1 h The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz THD and harmonics Inaccuracy I U gt 0 1 PU 2 units Upda
127. age 1 10s Average 1 15s Average 1 30s Average 1 1min Average Time s Recording length Set PreTrig Amount of recording data Set before the trig moment MaxLen s Maximum time setting This value depends on sample rate number and type of the selected channels and the configured recording length Status Status of recording Not active Run Waiting a triggering Trig Recording FULL Memory is full in saturated mode ManTrig Manual triggering Set Trig ReadyRec n m n Available recordings m maximum number of recordings The value of m depends on sample rate number and type of the selected channels and the configured recording length ee JAN im 148 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 2 Disturbance recorder Parameter Value Unit Description Note AddCh Add one channel Set Maximum simultaneous number of channels is 12 Tu Ine ILs Phase current To Measured residual current Uzi2 UL23 Line to line voltage ULs1 Uni Ure Phase to neutral voltage Urs Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Q S Active reactive apparent power P F Power factor CosFii Coso IoCalc Phasor sum Io IL1 IL2 IL3 3 Il Positive sequence current I2 Negative sequence current 12 11 Relative current un
128. age UL2 V UL3 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL3 V Uo U SYMMETRIC Residual voltage Uo VOLTAGES U1 U SYMMETRIC Positive sequence voltage VOLTAGES U2 U SYMMETRIC Negative sequence voltage VOLTAGES U2 U1 U SYMMETRIC Negative sequence voltage related to VOLTAGES positive sequence voltage THDU U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the mean value of voltages THDUa U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input a THDUb U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input b THDUc_ U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input c Diagram U HARMONICS of Ua Harmonics of voltage input Ua See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram U HARMONICS of Ub Harmonics of voltage input Ub See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram U HARMONICS of Uc Harmonics of voltage input Uc See Figure 2 3 2 1 Count U VOLT INTERRUPTS Voltage interrupts counter Prev U VOLT INTERRUPTS Previous interruption Total U VOLT INTERRUPTS Total duration of voltage interruptions days hours Prev U VOLT INTERRUPTS Duration of previous interruption s Status U VOLT INTERRUPTS Voltage status LOW NORMAL Z12 Z23 Z1 lt Z2 lt Z3 lt Z4 lt Z5 lt Line to line impedance primary sec Z31 Zl12angle Z1 lt Z2 lt Z8 lt Z4 lt Z5 lt Impedance angle Z23angle Z3langle ee JAR ie 26 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259
129. al port may have two connectors e On the front panel e On the rear panel See chapter 8 Only one can be used at a time NOTE The local port functionality may be available via connector X9 or X10 depending on the type of communication modules and DIP switch settings see chapter 8 NOTE When the VX003 cable is inserted to the front panel connector it activates the front panel port and disables the rear panel local port by connecting the DTR pin 6 and DSR pin 4 together See Figure 6 1 1 Protocol for the local port The front panel port is always using the command line protocol for VAMPSEHT regardless of the selected protocol for the rear panel local port If other than None protocol is selected for the rear panel local port the front panel connector when activated is still using the plain command line interface with the original speed parity etc For example if the rear panel local port is used for remote VAMPSET communication using SPA bus default 9600 7E1 it is possible to temporarily connect a PC with VAMPSET to the front panel connector with the default 38400 8N1 While the front panel connector is in use the rear panel local port is disabled The communication parameter display on the local display will show the active parameter values for the local port Physical interface The physical interface of this port is RS 232 but the connector type depends on the option module type ee JAIN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h sup
130. ale according the parameter Input below Io gt gt A Pick up value scaled to Jo gt gt gt primary value lo gt gt gt gt Io gt gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set Jo gt gt gt parameter Input and the lo gt gt gt gt corresponding CT value t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only Input To X6 7 8 9 See chapter 8 Tocale X6 10 11 12 Ini Ir2 Ins Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth faults Time stamp fault current elapsed delay and setting group ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 95 2 12 Zero sequence voltage 2 Protection functions Technical description protection U0 gt 59N Recorded values of the undirectional earth fault stages 8 latest faults lo gt lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 12 Zero sequence voltage protection Uo gt 59N The zero sequenc
131. amended Description of running virtual comtrade files with VAMP relays added in chapter Disturbance recorder Double earth fault added ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 299 Technical description 13 Revision history Firmware revision history 5 46 5 56 5 68 5 75 6 6 6 12 6 23 6 28 6 43 10 9 10 17 10 19 10 26 Programmable inverse delay curves added Month max values added Number of virtual outputs increased to 6 Number of logic outputs increased to 20 Auto reclose updated reclaim time setting and active signal for each shot DNP 3 0 protocol added Extended self diagnostics Inrush amp cold load detection added fast block operation Running hour calculation added Display backlight controlling with DI Support for analog output modules added to External I O protocol Auto reclose updated blocking of shots Adjustable hysteresis for U gt gt U gt gt gt U lt lt U lt lt lt Io2 gt amp Io2 gt gt renamed as o gt gt gt amp Io gt gt gt gt Increased setting range for T gt Voltage measurement mode description modified IEC60870 5 101 unbalanced added Auto detection added for External I O optional VCM 61850 module detection added NOTE Require VAMPSET 2 1 2 or newer version Old files cannot be used with 6 x firmware IEC60870 5 101 unbalanced updated Increased Ioair gt setting range Nonvolatile fault
132. ance protection relays teleprotection can be implemented using the normal DI and DO signals of the relay An external signal transfer system is needed to transfer signals from one relay to another The signal transfer system has to have an internal signal supervision and fault indication The DO output signals can be activated by protection zone s start or trip signals or by the programmable logic functions The DI input can be used to block protection zone s or it can be used as input into the programmable logic of the device Different type of permissive tripping conditions such as permissive under reach PUTT permissive over reach POTT acceleration or blocking conditions can thus be implemented The relay s object control can be used to trip the breaker via the DI for remote open ctr or DI for local open ctr input of the object Outputs of the relay programmable logic can be connected to DI for remote open crt or DI for local open ctr inputs via the internal Virtual output signals ee JAN im 56 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 4 2 Earth fault distance protection Ze lt 21N The earth fault distance protection function calculates the impedance U g q T T of the earth fault fault loops Ko Zor Zit 8 x Zit ZoL Zero sequence line impedance Zit Positive sequence
133. ap Mode is not ResCap Res Submode resistive Cap Submode capacitive Input Io X1 7 8 See chapter 8 Tocale Thi Ine Irs Topeak X1 7 8 peak mode Iop gt only Set Intrmt s Intermittent time Set Dly20x s Delay at 20xIoset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIoset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIoset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 24 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M VAP im VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 11 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51 N 2 11 VM259 EN007 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest eart faults Time stamp fault current elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the directional earth fault stages 8 late faults lo gt lop gt gt 67N h st Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Angle j Fault angle of Io Uo 0 Uo Max Uo voltage during the fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Earth fault protect
134. ap mode Res mode can be used with compensated networks and Cap mode is used with ungrounded networks 90 90 Angle offset 15 55 Angle offset 32 Sector 70 Sector 120 TRIP AREA E gt TRIP AREA 88 loDir_SectorAdj Figure 2 10 3 Two example of operation characteristics of the directional earth fault stages in sector mode The drawn Ip phasor in both figures is Inside the trip area The angle offset and half sector size are user s parameters ee JAN im 88 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 10 Directional earth fault protection lOcp gt 67N Parameters of the directional earth fault stages lop gt lop gt gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value ToCalc according the parameter IoPeak Input below Iop gt on
135. applicable Also the date and time settings are in this same main menu 3 Enable the needed protection functions and disable the rest of the protection functions in main menu Prot 4 Set the setting parameter of the enable protection stages according the application 5 Connect the output relays to the start and trip signals of the enabled protection stages using the output matrix This can be done in main menu DO although the VAMPSET program is recommended for output matrix editing 6 Configure the needed digital inputs in main menu DI 7 Configure blocking and interlockings for protection stages using the block matrix This can be done in main menu Prot although VAMPSET is recommended for block matrix editing Some of the parameters can only be changed via the RS 232 serial port using the VAMPSET software Such parameters for example passwords blockings and mimic configuration are normally set only during commissioning Some of the parameters require the restarting of the relay This restarting is done automatically when necessary If a parameter change requires restarting the display will show as Figure 2 4 1 autoboot Pick PROTOCOL Change will cause autoboot Press CANCEL Figure 2 4 1 Example of auto reset display Press CANCEL to return to the setting view If a parameter must be changed press the ENTER key again The parameter can now be set When the parameter change is confirmed with the EN
136. as fault ee JAIN im 124 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 22 Programmable stages 99 Table 2 22 1 Available signals to be supervised by the programmable stages Tu Ine In3 Phase currents To Residual current input Io Uniz2 UL23 UL31 Line to line voltages Ur Urz Urs Phase to ground voltages Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Active power Q Reactive power S Apparent power Cos Fii Cosine Tocale Phasor sum In Ite Ins Il Positive sequence current I2 Negative sequence current I2 I1 Relative negative sequence current I2 In Negative sequence current in pu U1 Positive sequence voltage U2 Negative sequence voltage U2 U1 Relative negative sequence voltage IL Average Ini Ir In3 3 Uphase Urn Average Uni Ur UL3 3 Uline Ut1 Average U12 Ux23 Unsy 3 TanFii Tangent tan arccos Prms Active power rms value Qrms Reactive power rms value Srms Apparent powre rms value THDIu Total harmonic distortion of In THDIt2 Total harmonic distortion of I2 THDIz3 Total harmonic distortion of Irs THDUiu Total harmonic distortion of input U1 THDU 2 Total harmonic distortion of input Ur2 THDU1i3 Total harmonic distortion of input Urs fy Frequency behind circuit breaker fz Frequency behind 2
137. at the same time AR1 has highest priority and AR2 the lowest Each AR signal has an independent start delay for the shot 1 If a higher priority AR signal activates during the start delay the start delay setting will be changed to that of the highest priority AR signal After the start delay the circuit breaker CB will be opened if it is closed When the CB opens a dead time timer is started Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own dead time setting After the dead time the CB will be closed and a discrimination time timer is started Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own discrimination time setting If a critical signal is activated during the discrimination time the AR function makes a final trip The CB will then open and the AR sequence is locked Closing the CB manually clears the locked state After the discrimination time has elapsed the reclaim time timer starts If any AR signal is activated during the reclaim time or the discrimination time the AR function moves to the next shot The reclaim time setting is common for every shot If the reclaim time runs out the auto reclose sequence is successfully executed and the AR function moves to ready state and waits for a new AR request in shot 1 ee JAN im 210 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 A trip signal from the protection stage can be used as a backup Configure the start s
138. ation block limit 5 of the set value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms If one of the phase voltages is below sag limit and above block limit but another phase voltage drops below block limit blocking is disabled 9 4 5 Voltage interruptions Voltage low limit U1 10 120 Definite time function DT Operating time lt 60 ms Fixed Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio 1 03 Inaccuracy Activation 3 of the set value M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 293 Technical description 10 Abbreviations and symbols 10 Abbreviations and symbols ANSI CB CBFP cos CT CT pri CT sec Dead band DI DO DSR DST DTR FFT Hysteresis Iset Toset Toin Ton In IEC IEEE IEC 101 IEC 103 LAN Latching NTP American National Standards Institute A standardization organisation Circuit breaker Circuit breaker failure protection Active power divided by apparent power P S See power factor PF Negative sign indicates reverse power Current transformer Nominal primary value of current transformer Nominal secondary value of current transformer See hysteresis Digital input Digital output output relay Data set ready An RS232 signal Input in front panel port of VAMP devices to disable rear panel local port Daylight saving time Adjusting the official local time forward by one hour for summer time Data ter
139. ation 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 5 IEC 60870 5 103 The IEC standard 60870 5 103 Companion standard for the Informative interface of protection equipment provides standardized communication interface to a primary system master system The unbalanced transmission mode of the protocol is used and the device functions as a secondary station slave in the communication Data is transferred to the primary system using data acquisition by polling principle The IEC functionality includes the following application functions station initialization general interrogation clock synchronization and command transmission It is not possible to transfer parameter data or disturbance recordings via the IEC 108 protocol interface The following ASDU Application Service Data Unit types will be used in communication from the device ASDU 1 time tagged message ASDU 3 Measurands I ASDU 5 Identification message ASDU 6 Time synchronization and ASDU 8 Termination of general interrogation The device will accept e ASDU 6 Time synchronization e ASDU 7 Initiation of general interrogation and e ASDU 20 General command The data in a message frame is identified by e type identification e function type and e information number These are fixed for data items in the compatible range of the protocol for example the trip of I gt function is identified by type identification 1 function type 160 and information
140. ay After the reset delay the trip contacts and start contact are opened unless latching is configured The reset time varies from fault to fault depending on the fault size After a big fault the time is longer The reset time also depends on the specific protection stage The maximum reset time for each stage is specified in chapter 9 3 For most stages it is less than 95 ms ReleaseTime top trrser m ____ TRIP CONTACTS Figure 2 3 2 Reset time is the time it takes the trip or start relay contacts to open atter the fault has been cleared ee JAN im 52 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 3 General features of protection stages Hysteresis or dead band When comparing a measured value against a pick up value some amount of hysteresis is needed to avoid oscillation near equilibrium situation With zero hysteresis any noise in the measured signal or any noise in the measurement itself would cause unwanted oscillation between fault on and fault off situations Hysteresis GT gt PICK UP Figure 2 8 3 Behaviour of a greater than comparator For example in overcurrent and overvoltage stages the hysteresis dead band acts according this figure Hysteresis LT hysteresis PICK UP LEVEL lt PICK UP Figure 2 3 4 Behaviour of a less than comparator For example in under voltage and under frequency stages the hysteresis dead band
141. ay a preset time is used and the operation time does not depend on the size of a fault Stage specific inverse delay Some protection functions have their own specific type of inverse delay Details of these dedicated inverse delays are described with the appropriate protection function Operation modes There are three operation modes to use the inverse time characteristics e Standard delays Using standard delay characteristics by selecting a curve family IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI and a delay type Normal inverse Very inverse etc See chapter 2 24 1 e Standard delay formulae with free parameters Selecting a curve family IEC IEEE IEEE2 and defining one s own parameters for the selected delay formula This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters and then editing the delay function parameters A E See chapter 2 24 2 e Fully programmable inverse delay characteristics Building the characteristics by setting 16 current time points The relay interpolates the values between given points with 2nd degree polynomials This mode is activated by setting curve family to PrgN There are maximum three different programmable curves available at the same time Each programmed curve can be used by any number of protection stages See chapter 2 24 3 eee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 13 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Local pan
142. ay has been 81 of the setting 0 60 s 0 49 s Any registered elapsed delay less than 100 means that the stage has not tripped because the fault duration has been shorter than the delay setting e SetGrp 1 The setting group has been 1 This line can be reached by pressing ENTER and several times the DOWN button ee JAR ie 18 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations 2 2 3 Setting groups Most of the protection functions of the relay have two setting groups These groups are useful for example when the network topology is changed frequently The active group can be changed by a digital input through remote communication or locally by using the local panel The active setting group of each protection function can be selected separately Figure 2 2 3 1 shows an example where the changing of the I gt setting group is handled with digital input one SGrpDI If the digital input is TRUE the active setting group is group two and correspondingly the active group is group one if the digital input is FALSE If no digital input is selected SGrpDI the active group can be selected by changing the value of the parameter SetGrp group AV gt I gt STATUS Status SCntr TCntr SetGrp SGrpDI Force Figure 2 2 3 1 Example of protection submenu with setting group parameters The changing of the setting parameters can be
143. balance 12 In Current unbalance to nominal ratio U1 Positive sequence voltage U2 Negative sequence voltage U2 U1 Relative voltage unbalance IL Average Iti Ine Ins 3 Uphase Average Ux Urz Ux3 3 Uline Average Uni2 Ut23 Ur31 3 DO Digital outputs DI Digital inputs TanFii tano THDIn Total harmonic distortion of Ini THDI2 Total harmonic distortion of Iz THDI3 Total harmonic distortion of Irs THDUa Total harmonic distortion of input Ua THDUb Total harmonic distortion of input Ub THDUc Total harmonic distortion of input Uc DI_2 Digital inputs 21 32 Prms Active power rms value Qrms Reactive power rms value Srms Apparent power rms value ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 149 3 2 Disturbance recorder 3 Supporting functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note fy Frequency behind circuit breaker fz Frequency behind 224 circuit breaker ULny Voltage behind circuit breaker phase to ground ULLy Voltage behind circuit breaker phase to phase I RMS Iii RMS for average sampling InzRMS Itz RMS for average sampling InsRMS Its RMS for average sampling ClrCh Remove all channels Set Clear Ch List of selected channels Set An editable parameter password needed This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 10 ms This is the fundamental frequency r
144. binary outputs of other VAMP devices or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP Binary output The binary output BO on the arc option card see chapters 8 4 and 8 5 can be used to give the light indication signal or any other signal or signals to another relay s binary input to build selective arc protection systems Selection of the BO connected signal s is done with the output matrix See chapter 5 4 BO is an internally wetted 48 Vdc signal for BI of other VAMP devices or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP Delayed light indication signal Relay output matrix has a delayed light indication output signal Delayed Arc L gt available for building selective arc protection systems Any light source combination and a delay can be configured starting from 0 01 s to 0 15 s The resulting signal is available in the output matrix to be connected to BO output relays etc Pick up scaling The per unit pu values for pick up setting are based on the current transformer values Arcl gt 1 pu 1xh rated phase current CT value ArclIo gt 1 pu 1xIon rated residual current CT value for input Io1 ee JAN im 128 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 23 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional Parameters of arc protection stages Arcl gt Arclo gt 50ARC 50NARC Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the
145. cal description Parameter Values Unit Default Description UMode Voltage check mode DD The first letter refers to DL the reference voltage and LD the second letter refers to DD DL the comparison voltage DD LD DL LD D means that the side DD DL LD must be dead when closing dead The voltage below the dead voltage limit setting L means that the side must be live when closing live The voltage higher than the live voltage limit setting Example DL mode for stage 1 The U12 side must be dead and the U12y side must be live CBtime 0 04 0 6 s 0 1 Typical closing time of the circuit breaker DIbypass Digital j Bypass input If the input inputs is active the function is bypassed Bypass 0 1 0 The bypass status 1 means that the function is bypassed This parameter can also be used for manual bypass CBCtrl Open Close Circuit breaker control ShowInfo Off On On Additional information display about the sychrocheck status to the mimic SGrpDI Digital i The input for changing inputs the setting group SetGrp 1 2 E 1 The active setting group M VAP ia 118 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 19 Synchrocheck 25 Measured and recorded values of synchrocheck stage SyC1 25 Parameter Values Unit Description Measured
146. card 263 8 5 Optional digital I O card IDIT9 DIZO sicssisseeesscaacednsess 264 8 6 External I O extension MOMUIES cccccccccessesssseees 265 8 6 1 External LED module VAM 16D sesser 265 8 6 2 External input output module ccccceceees 265 8 7 Block WONG as saicaeatd aac iccs a nctaasulexGeusiven stan eudestunes 271 8 7 1 VAMP 259 4C6 iirc cuseduasctuvcistessseeld dentietsvaseaceslictviess 271 8 7 2 VAMP 259 407 nc Goes eed eee ae eae ies 272 8 7 3 VAMP 259 4C8 airless urdineneiou viata 273 8 8 Block diagrams of option modules se sessseesseerrsese 274 8 8 1 Optional arc protection ssssssessseerrsssseserssrreese 274 8 8 2 Optional DI19 DI20 sssnssnnssessssseesseessosessseessesseeee 274 8 9 Connection CXOMPIES cccccccccessessssscrcssccscessesssseenees 275 9 Technical AGT agesccdivasavatavesecceiceeivesavicicetaaedinrsieinaaetetenerties 278 9 1 CONNECCION sett attain cae saad ah iieii 278 9 1 1 Measuring Circuitry cores sestvetncerionesdestecddetteudavendeced 278 9 1 2 Auxiliary POMS esesssoseessesersessssessseeeessssssesssrreese 279 9 1 3 2 129 Bi a 0 cane ee eee eee ree ee ee ane eT 279 9 T4 MOCONT CI S eee eee Ae Reem ee nme 279 DF Ml POUT ICS vieren an aS 280 9 1 6 Local serial COMMUNICATION POTT ceeeeceeeeeees 280 9 1 7 Remote control CONNECTION ccesseseeneeceeeees 280 9 1 8 Ethernet Connection x ciisstiiuee ssh As hcctieracsaveni
147. case that the swing stops in the middle of zone and none of the terms of fault are active the block will remain until the zone is left or fault occurs 2 Situation starts as a power swing but the swing comes out from the second quadrant Therefore out of step is activated When out of step is activated the activation lasts for 0 5 seconds 3 Fault during the power swing 4 Basically power swing function is always undirectional This means quadrants I and III are working similar way regardless the direction mode of distance stage passing quadrant III with certain speed always activates power swing block This makes the power swing to function when using reverse or undirectional mode Note The conditions for the power swing blocking to be activated require in addition of the previously mentioned rate of change of impedance dZ dt condition that sequences unbalance 12 11 is less than 25 and calculated residual current loCalc is less than 10 These mentioned parameters 12 11 and loCalc are fixed in the relay and can not be set by users BLOCK MATRIX Z lt Zle Z Z ZK Power swing Out of step Figure 2 4 4 1 How to use power swing blocking with certain zones M VAN P im 70 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 5 Line differential protection Ldl gt 87 2 5 Line differential protection Ldl gt 87 Line differential protection LDP provide
148. cond harmonic blocking 2 Ha 51F2 Parameter Value Unit Default Description If2 gt 10 100 10 Setting value If2 Ifund t_f2 0 05 300 0 s 0 05 Definite operating time S_On Enabled g Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled 5 Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled en JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 121 2 21 Circuit breaker failure protection 2 Protection functions Technical description CBFP 50BF 2 21 Measured and recorded values of second harmonic blocking 2 Ha 51F2 Parameter Value Unit Description Measured IL1H2 2 harmonic of IL1 values proportional to the fundamental value of IL1 IL2H2 2 harmonic of IL2 IL3H2 2 harmonic of IL3 Recorded Flt The max fault value values EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF The circuit breaker failure protection can be used to trip any upstream circuit breaker CB if the fault has not disappeared within a given time after the initial trip command A different output contact of the device must be used for this backup trip The operation of the circuit breaker failure protection CBFP is based on the supervision of the signal to the selected trip relay a
149. converters and the micro controller including memory circuits Further a device contains a power supply unit and a human machine interface HMI Figure 1 2 2 shows the heart of the numerical technology That is the main block diagram for calculated functions Figure 1 2 3 shows a principle diagram of a single phase overvoltage or overcurrent function ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 47 1 2 Principles of numerical protection 1 Introduction Technical description techniques Display and keyboard Antialiasing 16 bit filter A D converter Trip telays current and voltage inputs Alim relays Digital inputs SPAbus Modbus Profibus DP fibre connectors Auxilary power Protection Calculation of functions Block matrix Output matrix symmetric components Output relay FFT calculation control Amplitude and phase shift of base freqency component Settings Figure 1 2 2 Block diagram of signal processing and protection software 1VISblock2 Register event Setting Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable DPs time characteristic events Figure 1 2 3 Block diagram of a basic protection function VAMP E 48 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one application 2 Protection functions Each protection stage can independently be enabl
150. ctivated See chapter 2 20 for CBFP and the setting parameter CBrelay Breaker curve and its approximation The permissible cycle diagram is usually available in the documentation of the CB manufacturer Figure 3 8 1 The diagram specifies the permissible number of cycles for every level of the breaking current This diagram is parameterised to the condition monitoring function with maximum eight current cycles points See Table 3 8 1 If less than eight points needed the unused points are set to Ipic 1 where Ipic is more than the maximum breaking capacity If the CB wearing characteristics or part of it is a straight line on a log log graph the two end points are enough to define that part of the characteristics This is because the device is using logarithmic interpolation for any current values falling in between the given current points 2 8 The points 4 8 are not needed for the CB in Figure 3 8 1 Thus they are set to 100 kA and one operation in the table to be discarded by the algorithm 100000 a Cea 10000 1000 F 100 F 50 Number of permitted operations 20 10 100 200 500 1000 10000 100000 Breaked current A CBWEARcharacteristics Figure 3 8 1 An example of a circuit breaker wearing characteristic graph ee JAN im 160 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring
151. d carry 0 5 s 30 A Make and carry 3s 15A Breaking capacity DC L R 40ms at 48 V de 5A at 110 V de 3A at 220 V de 1A Contact material AgNi 90 10 Terminal block Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent Maximum wire dimension 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 279 9 1 Connections 9 Technical data Technical description 9 1 5 Alarm contacts Number of contacts 3 change over contacts relays Al A2 and A3 2 making contacts relays A4 and A5 1 change over contact IF relay Rated voltage 250 V ac dc Max make current 4s at duty cycle 10 15A Continuous carry 5A Breaking capacity AC 2 000 VA Breaking capacity DC L R 40ms at 48 V de 138A at 110 V de 0 4A at 220 Vdc 0 2 A Contact material AgNi 0 15 gold plated AgNi 90 10 Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG e e e 9 1 6 Local serial communication port Number of ports 1 on front and 1 on rear panel Electrical connection RS 232 in the front RS 2320 with VCM TTL standard RS 485 with VCM 485 2 or VCM 485 4 Plastic fibre with VCM fibre option Glass fibre with VCM fibre option Data transfer rate 2 400 38 400 kb s e 9 1 7 Remote control connection Number of ports 1 on rear panel Electrical connection TTL with VCM TTL standard RS 485 with VCM 4
152. d energy E PULSE E 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active DURATION exported energy Eqt 100 5000 ms Pulse length of reactive exported energy E 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active imported energy Eq 100 5000 ms Pulse length of reactive imported energy m VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 165 3 9 Energy pulse outputs 3 Supporting functions Technical description Scaling examples Example 1 Average active exported power is 250 MW Peak active exported power is 400 MW Pulse size is 250 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 250 0 250 1000 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 400 0 250 1600 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 1600 0 2 2 0 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x10 1000 h 6 a This is not a practical scaling example unless an output relay lifetime of about six years is accepted Example 2 Average active exported power is 100 MW Peak active exported power is 800 MW Pulse size is 400 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 100 0 400 250 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 800 0 400 2000 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 2000 0 2 1 6 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x106 250 h 28 a Example 3 Average active exported power is 20 MW Peak active exported power is 70 MW Pulse size is 60 kWh The average puls
153. d fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Fit xIn Maximum fault current Load xIn 1 s average phase currents before the fault EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault ee JAN im 76 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 2 Protection functions 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection lair gt 67 Directional overcurrent protection can be used for directional short circuit protection Typical applications are e Short circuit protection of two parallel cables or overhead lines in a radial network e Short circuit protection of a looped network with single feeding point e Short circuit protection of a two way feeder which usually supplies loads but is used in special cases as an incoming feeder e Directional overcurrent protection in low impedance earthed networks Please note that in this case the device has to connected to line to neutral voltages instead of line to line voltages In other words the voltage measurement mode has to be 3LN See chapter 4 7 The stages are sensitive to the amplitude of the highest fundamental frequency current of the three measured phase currents The phase angle is based on the phase angle of the three phase power phasor For details of power direction see chapt
154. details The timer outputs are available for logic functions and for the block and output matrix not in use Daily J LI Lu L LJ LJ LI Monday J Tuesday T UA SS Wednesday S U ULUS Th Thursday aaa U Ln Fridy a ea ooo Saturday LJ Sunday U MIWTF U U LL MIWTFS J U U U LCL SatSun Figure 3 12 1 Timer output sequence in different modes The user can force any timer which is in use on or off The forcing is done by writing a new status value No forcing flag is needed as in forcing i e the output relays The forced time is valid until the next forcing or until the next reversing timed act from the timer itself The status of each timer is stored in non volatile memory when the auxiliary power is switched off At start up the status of each timer is recovered M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 173 3 Supporting functions Technical description Setting parameters of timers Parameter Value Description TimerN Timer status Not in use 0 Output is inactive 1 Output is active On hh mm ss Activation time of the timer Off hh mm ss De activation time of the timer Mode For each four timers there are 12 different modes available The timer is off and not running The output is off i e O all the time Daily The timer switches on and off once every day Monday The timer switches on and off every Monday Tuesday The timer switches on and off ev
155. dicators _ Power Error Com Alarm Trip Figure 2 1 4 1 Operation indicators of the relay LED indicator Meaning Measure Remarks Power LED lit The auxiliary power has been switched on Normal operation state Error LED lit Internal fault operates in parallel with the self supervision output relay The relay attempts to reboot REBOOTI If the error LED remains lit call for maintenance Com LED lit or flashing The serial bus is in use and transferring information Normal operation state Alarm LED lit One or several signals of the output relay matrix have been assigned to output LA and the output has been activated by one of the signals For more information about output matrix please see chapter 2 4 5 The LED is switched off when the signal that caused output Al to activate e g the START signal is reset The resetting depends on the type of configuration connected or latched Trip LED lit One or several signals of the output relay matrix have been assigned to output Tr and the output has been activated by one of the signals For more information about output relay configuration please see chapter 2 4 5 The LED is switched off when the signal that caused output Tr to activate e g the TRIP signal is reset The resetting depends on the type of configuration connected or latched A C LED lit Application
156. distance and linedifferential relays the back up protection in the ring network can also be set to very fast and precise operation M VAP im 238 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 7 Applications 7 4 Trip circuit supervision 7 4 Trip circuit supervision Trip circuit supervision is used to ensure that the wiring from the protective device to a circuit breaker is in order This circuit is unused most of the time but when a protection device detects a fault in the network it is too late to notice that the circuit breaker cannot be tripped because of a broken trip circuitry The digital inputs of the device can be used for trip circuit monitoring The dry digital inputs are most suitable for trip circuit supervision The first six digital inputs of VAMP 200 series relays are not dry and an auxiliary miniature relay is needed if these inputs are used for trip circuit supervision Also the closing circuit can be supervised using the same principle The optimum digital inputs for trip circuit supervision are inputs DI29 DI32 which are internally wired in parallel within trip relays T5 T8 These inputs are not sharing the common terminal with others inputs 7 4 1 Internal parallel digital inputs In VAMP 259 3C7 and VAMP 259 3C8 the output relays T5 DI29 T6 DI30 T7 DI31 and T8 DI32 have internal parallel digital inputs available for trip circuit supervision 7 4 2 Trip c
157. e I gt gt 2 50xIn The pick up limit is 2 50 times the rated current of the CT or motor depending on the application mode in use This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator Operating levels are explained in chapter 2 2 5 t gt gt 0 60s The total operation delay is set to 600 ms This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator ee JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 17 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Third menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage third menu AV lt I gt gt LOG 50 51 FAULT LOG 1 ExDI 2006 09 14 ExDO 12 25 10 288 Prot Type 1 2 Fit 2 86xIn CBWE Load 0 99xin EDly 81 Figure 2 2 2 8 Third and last menu next on the right of I gt gt 50 51 stage This is the menu for registered values by the I gt gt stage Fault logs are explained in chapter 2 2 4 e FAULT LOG 1 This is the latest of the eight available logs You may move between the logs by pressing push buttons ENTER and then RIGHT or LEFT e 2006 09 14 Date of the log e 12 25 10 288 Time of the log e Type 1 2 The overcurrent fault has been detected in phases L1 and L2 A amp B red amp yellow R amp S u amp v e Flt 2 86xIn The fault current has been 2 86 per unit e Load 0 99xIn The average load current before the fault has been 0 99 pu e EDly 81 The elapsed operation del
158. e The actual code should be asked from VAMP Ltd Now the passwords are restored to the default values See chapter 2 2 5 ee JAR ie 22 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259EN007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 3 Operating measures 2 3 Operating measures 2 3 1 Control functions The default display of the local panel is a single line diagram including relay identification Local Remote indication Auto reclose on off selection and selected analogue measurement values Please note that the operator password must be active in order to be able to control the objects Please refer to page 22 Opening access Toggling Local Remote control 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the Local Remote object L or R squared by using the arrow keys 3 Push the ENTER key The L R dialog opens Select REMOTE to enable remote control and disable local control Select LOCAL to enable local control and disable remote control 4 Confirm the setting by pushing the ENTER key The Local Remote state will change Object control 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the object to control by using the arrow keys Please note that only controllable objects can be selected 3 Push the ENTER key A control dialog opens 4 Select the Open or Close command by us
159. e IN 1 5A 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated value Angle 2 U gt 5 V 30 U 0 1 5 0 V Operate time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operate time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Directional overcurrent stages lair gt gt gt and lair gt gt gt gt 67 Pick up current 0 10 20 0 x In Mode Directional non directional Minimum voltage for the direction solving 0 1V Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Reset ratio angle 2 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting rated value IN 1 5A 3 of the set value or 40 5 of the rated value Angle 2 U gt 5 V 30 U gt 0 1 5 0 V Operate time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts M VAP im 286 VAMP 24h support phone
160. e characteristic operating time Block limit Starting time Resetting time Resetting ratio Accuracy starting operating time 20 70 In step 1 0 3 300 0s s step 0 1 15 fixed Typically 200 ms lt 450 ms 1 05 2 of set value or 0 5 of the rated value 1 or 150 ms NOTE Stage Blocking is functional when all phase currents are below the block limit ee JAN im VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 3 Protection stages 9 Technical data Technical description Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 Settings Setting range Iz i gt 2 70 Definite time function Operating time 1 0 600 0 s step 0 1 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit Operate time 5 or 200 ms Earth fault stage lo gt 50N 51N Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Tocate Tn1 In2 Izs Setting range Io gt 0 005 8 00 When Io 0 05 20 0 When Iocaic Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting
161. e frequency will be 25 0 060 416 7 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 70 0 060 1166 7 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 1167 0 2 2 8 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x106 417 h 14 a Example 4 Average active exported power is 1900 kW Peak active exported power is 50 MW Pulse size is 10 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 1900 10 190 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 50000 10 5000 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 5000 0 2 0 5 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x10 190 h 30 a ee JAN im 166 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 9 Energy pulse outputs VAMP relalys Active exported E energy pulses Reactive exported 4 energy pulses 4 Active imported _ energy pulses Reactive imported _ energy pulses 4 PLC Pulse counter input 1 Pulse counter input 2 Pulse counter input 3 Pulse counter input 4 e pulseconfl Figure 3 9 2 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common plus and using an external wetting voltage VAMP relays Active exported E energy pulses Reactive exported E energy pulses 3 Active imported _ energy pulses Reactive imported _ energy pulses 3 PLC Pulse counter input 1 Pulse counter inp
162. e hardware can be found in chapters 8 4 and 9 1 8 Arc protection is used for fast arc protection The function is based on simultaneous light and current measurement Special arc sensors are used to measure the light of an arc Three stages for arc faults There are three separate stages for the various current inputs e Arcl gt for phase to phase arc faults Current inputs Ini Itz Irs are used e Arclo gt for phase to earth arc faults Current input Io1 is used Light channel selection The light information source to the stages can be selected from the following list e No sensor selected The stage will not work e SI Light sensor S1 e S2 Light sensor S2 e S1 S2 Either one of the light sensors S1 or S2 e BI Binary input of the arc card 48 Vdc e S1 BI Light sensor S1 or the binary input e 2 BI Light sensor S2 or the binary input e 1 S2 BI Light sensor S1 or S2 or the binary input ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 127 2 23 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional 2 Protection functions Technical description Binary input The binary input BI on the arc option card see chapter 8 4 can be used to get the light indication from another relay to build selective arc protection systems The BI signal can also be connected to any of the output relays BO indicators etc offered by the output matrix See chapter 5 4 BI is a dry input for 48 Vdc signal from
163. e pilot channel between two line differential protection relays carries also binary signals in both directions the status of LDP Start and Trip signals and the Remote Trip command signal which is an output from the output logic matrix of the sending relay Remote Trip signal can be processed as an input in the output matrix and blocking matrix of the receiving relay Parameters of the line differential protection stage Ldl gt 87 Parameter Value unit Description Setting dI gt pick up In Basic setting for lower values phase currents Start of slope In Phase current limit for applying linear threshold characteristics Slope Linear characteristics slope Operation 0 050 Operation time delay 3 000 s Default 0 050 CT primary 10 20000 CT ratio of the other unit other Default 500 Recorded SCntr Start counter Start values reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading dI gt status Protection state ee JAN im 72 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 6 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 2 6 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Overcurrent protection is used against short circuit faults and heavy overloads The overcurrent function measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents The protection is sensitive for the highest of the three phase currents Whenever this value exceeds the user s
164. e time Operation x csvscscsccccaveesecesssvinndevancescadavaesiess 131 2 24 1 Standard inverse delays IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI 133 2 24 2 Free parametrisation using IEC IEEE and IEEE2 EQUATIONS onneni n ara EE E TE RS 143 2 24 3 Programmable inverse tiMEe CUIVES ccceeceees 144 3 Supporting functions sissisissssdsssssssssssasssadesserserasdardiarsecasenercds 145 rl EVENT log orenetan E E ERN 145 3 2 Disturbance recorder ssessssseseesseseesssserresssserssssereessenee 147 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection 152 3 4 Voltage sags and swells sic scdaciesisaicssestestaebsendecadcadseesiese 154 3 5 Voltage ATS NG ss sessssssessseserssssssesereesessssssesrree 156 M VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 4 Table of Contents Technical description 3 6 Current transformer SUPEIVISION s cccceesseeeeeceesteees 158 3 7 Voltage transformer SUpeErVIS ON sssssssessessseesserrrseee 159 3 8 Circuit breaker condition MONITOFING eeeeeeeee ees 160 3 9 Energy pulse OUIPUTS sseesessesssssssesrreeressesseserereesrssssesreee 165 3 10 System clock and synchronization sssseeseeseesesessesree 168 3 11 RUNNIN OUP COUN ET snssssssesssererssssssesereresessssssesrere 172 ss Fe IME Sicennennnan n i 173 3 13 Combined overcurrent StAtUS sicccsczinescoccdsesevesavecenssanese 175 3 14 Self SUpErvV SION sssssssssessssessseessesrrssssrrersserrrssssrreesserrrss
165. e voltage protection is used as unselective backup for earth faults This function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the zero sequence voltage The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB This is essential because 3n harmonics exist between the neutral point and earth also when there is no earth fault Whenever the measured value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Two independent stages There are two separately adjustable stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt Both stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic The zero sequence voltage function comprises two separately adjust table zero sequence voltage stages stage Uo gt and Uo gt gt Setting groups There are two settings groups available for both stages Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually ee JAN im 96 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 12 Zero sequence voltage protection U0 gt 59N U0sblock Release Delay Enable events Figure 2 12 1 Block diagram of the zero sequence voltage stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt Parameters of the residual overvoltage
166. echnical description Blocking and output matrix VAMP259 4C7 wiring phase to phase synchrocheck Protection functions L1 L2 L3 Figure 8 9 2 Connection example of VAMP 259 4C7 with a synchrocheck function from phase to phase voltage The voltage measurement mode is set to SLN ILLy VAMP E 276 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 9 Connection examples output matrix Blocking and VAMP259 4C7 wiring phase to ground synchrocheck Protection functions Autorecloser matrix Figure 8 9 3 Connection example of VAMP 259 4C7 with a synchrocheck function from phase to ground voltage The voltage measurement mode is set to 8LN LNy ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 27
167. ed Diagnostics The device runs self diagnostic tests for hardware and software in every boot sequence and also performs runtime checking Fatal errors If fatal error has been detected the device releases IF relay contact and error led is set on Local panel will also display an error message about the detected fault Fatal error state is entered when the device is not able to handle protections Runtime errors When self diagnostic function detects a fault Selfdiag Alarm matrix signal is set and an event E56 is generated In case the error was only temporary an off event is generated E57 Self diagnostic error can be reset via local panel interface Error registers There are four 16 bit error registers which are readable through remote protocols The following table shows the meaning of each error register and their bits en JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 177 3 14 Self supervision 3 Supporting functions Technical description Register Bit Code Description 0 LSB T1 1 T2 2 T3 3 T4 4 A1 5 A2 SelfDiag1 6 A3 Output relay fault 7 A4 8 A5 10 T5 11 T6 12 T7 13 T8 0 LSB DAC mA output fault 1 STACK OS stack fault 2 MemChk OS memory fault 3 BGTask OS background task timeout 4 DI Digital input fault DI1 DI2 5 6 Arc Arc card fault SelfDiag3 7 SecPulse Hardware error 8 Range
168. ed or disabled according to the requirements of the intended application 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one application The device limits the maximum number of enabled stages to about 30 depending of the type of the stages For more information please see the configuration instructions in chapter 2 4 in the Operation and Configuration instruction 2 2 List of protection functions pone de IEC symbol Function name Main protection functions 21 Z lt Short circuit distance protection 21N Ze lt Earth Fault distance protection 87 dI gt Line differential protection 85 Pilot signalling Back up protection functions 67 Tair gt Taix gt gt Tair gt gt gt Lair gt gt gt gt Directional overcurrent protection 67N Too gt s Tog gt gt Directional earth fault protection 50 51 31 gt 3I gt gt 31 gt gt gt Non directional overcurrent protection 50N 51N I gt Io gt gt Io gt gt gt p gt gt gt gt Non directional earth fault protection Supporting functions 79 0 gt 1 Autoreclosing 25 Af AU Ag Synchrocheck 50ARC ArcI gt ArcIO gt Optional arc fault protection 5ONARC 50BF CBFP Circuit breaker failure protection 81R df dt Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection 46R Iz 1 gt Broken line protection 37 I lt Undercurrent protection 59N Uo gt Uo gt gt Zero seq
169. eisass 280 9 1 9 Arc protection interface Option ce 281 9 2 Tests and environmental Conditions ee eeeeeeeeee ees 281 9 2 1 Disturbance tests sssssseoseeeeesessssesssreeessssesererreesse 281 M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 43 Table of Contents Technical description 9 2 2 Test YOMOIOSS wise cc sais edatioistathcsiavicvelenitedies 281 9 2 3 Mechanical tests cicrieAsanthasictesacrasvslaintauelntaaceeaadss 281 9 2 4 Environmental Conditions cccceseesssseererseesees 282 IR CASNO aeaa a a A E 282 9 2 6 PACKAQE eseessessseseeecresssseserecrreessesererreeesessesesereeeese 282 9 3 Protection StAges ens oe cseteteernesvewsrnncvucrdudscteseutesadeasteteass 282 9 3 1 Non directional Current protection eseese 282 9 3 2 Directional current ProteC hiOn cssssecsessccsees 286 9 3 3 Voltage pProtection ssseessesesesseseseserersssssssrrrrreese 287 9 3 4 Frequency protection cccccccccscesssssccrerscceeseeees 288 9 3 5 Power Protection ssssseessessrsessssesesreerssssesererereesse 289 9 3 6 Synchrocheck fUnNCHON esssssesssesresssssrersserrrssssee 290 9 3 7 Second harmonic fUNCHION sisassisssrsavirvacseredsetecsvene 290 9 3 8 Circuit breaker failure protection sesse 290 9 3 9 Arc fault protection stages option 291 9 4 SUPPOrIN fUNCHONS ssessseesseerieessesrrssereerrssrreesserrreessee 292 9 4 1 Inrus
170. el graph The device will show a graph of the currently used inverse delay on the local panel display Up and down keys can be used for zooming Also the delays at 20xIsrr 4xIsrr and 2xIsrr are shown Inverse time setting error signal If there are any errors in the inverse delay configuration the appropriate protection stage will use definite time delay There is a signal Setting Error available in output matrix which indicates three different situations 1 Settings are currently changed with VAMPSET or local panel and there is temporarily an illegal combination of curve delay points For example if previous settings were IEC NI and then curve family is changed to IEEE the setting error will active because there is no NI type available for IEEE curves After changing valid delay type for IEEE mode for example MD the Setting Error signal will release 2 There are errors in formula parameters A E and the device is not able to build the delay curve 3 There are errors in the programmable curve configuration and the device is not able to interpolate values between the given points Limitation The maximum measured secondary phase current is 50xI and the maximum directly measured earth fault current is 10xIon The full scope of inverse delay curves goes up to 20 times the setting At high setting the maximum measurement capability limits the scope of inverse curves according the following table ee JAN im
171. ent range and the maximum allowed continuous current See chapter 9 1 1 for details Primary and secondary scaling Current scaling I 3 CT pry secondary gt primary PRI 4 SEC CT src s I CT src primary gt secondary SEC PRI CT pri For residual currents to input Io1 use the corresponding CT pri and CT src values For earth fault stages using Iocaic signals use the phase current CT values for CTpri and CTszc Example 1 Secondary to primary CT 500 5 Current to the device s input is 4 A Primary current is Iprr 4x500 5 400 A Example 2 Primary to secondary CT 500 5 The device displays Ipri 400 A Injected current is Isec 400x5 500 4 A ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 197 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit 4 Measurement functions Technical description scaling Per unit pu scaling For phase currents excluding ArcI gt stage 1 pu 1xIn 100 where I is the rated current according to the mode see chapter 10 For residual currents and ArcI gt stage 1 pu 1xCTszc for secondary side and 1 pu 1xCTpri for primary side Phase current scaling for phase currents ArcI gt stage and residual current 3Io y I Isec secondary gt per unit PU 7 CT SEC per unit gt secondary Doss ie g CT Example 1 Secondary to per unit for feeder mode and ArcI gt CT 750 5 Current i
172. er REMOTE or Light Snap in amp ST PG LOCAL switch for connectors selectable with echo no a dip switch echo and light no light selection VCM fiber REMOTE or Light ST amp Snap in GP LOCAL switch for connectors selectable with echo no a dip switch echo and light no light selection ee JAN im 260 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 3 Serial communication connection S1 2 Open Open et lL TIL Chose 1 2 Open Open E Figure 8 8 1 1 VCM TTL module s dip switches e m E REMRX REM TX EXT O Termination OFF inm faa Termination ON s1 on S2 kn om inm ae Eum ao Figure 8 8 1 2 VCM 485 2 module s dip switches EXT I O Termination ON 4 wire Gma oun REMOTE L _ memm Termination OFF 4 wire OFF sl ON Termination OFF 2 wire OFF s1 ON Vem 485 4 Figure 8 8 1 3 VCM 485 4 module s dip switches iz Fe a 1 si Echo OFF 1 2 IDLE ight ON 1 3 5 REMOTE ON 1 4 6 LOCAL OFF ON s1 EEEE OFF Si 1 1 2 IDLE light OFF 1 3 5 REMOTE OFF 1 4 6 LOCAL ON ON OFF Figure 8 8 1 4 VCM Fiber module s dip switches ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 261 8 3 Serial communication connection 8 Connections Technical description NOTE Profibus will be supported by the external VPA 3CG module Th
173. er 3 10 for system clock synchronizing Event buffer overflow The normal procedure is to poll events from the device all the time If this is not done the event buffer will eventually overflow On the local screen this is indicated with string OVF after the event code Setting parameters for events Parameter Value Description Note Count Number of events ClrEn Clear event buffer Set Clear Order Order of the event buffer for local Set Old display New New Old FVSca Scaling of event fault value Set PU Per unit scaling Pri Primary scaling Display On Alarm pop up display is enabled Set Alarms Off No alarm display FORMAT OF EVENTS ON THE LOCAL DISPLAY Code CHENN CH event channel NN event code Event description Event channel and code in plain text yyyy mm dd Date for available date formats see chapter 3 10 hh mm ss nnn Time ee JAN im 146 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 2 Disturbance recorder 3 2 Disturbance recorder The disturbance recorder can be used to record all the measured signals that is currents voltages and the status information of digital inputs DI and digital outputs DO The digital inputs include also the arc protection signals S1 S2 BI and BO if the optional arc protection is available Triggering the recorder The recorder can be triggered by any start or trip s
174. er 4 9 A typical characteristic is shown in Figure 2 7 1 The base angle setting is 30 The stage will pick up if the tip of the three phase current phasor gets into the grey area NOTE If the maximum possible earth fault current is greater than the used most sensitive directional over current setting the device has to be connected to the line to neutral voltages instead of line to line voltages in order to get the right direction for earth faults too For networks having the maximum possible earth fault current less than the over current setting use 67N the directional earth fault stages Im 90 2 ind cap aA Y gt 0 tres res Ke TRIP AREA BASE ANGLE 30 Trauer cap tind 90 Idir_angle2 Figure 2 7 1 Example of protection area of the directional overcurrent function ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 77 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection 2 Protection functions Idir gt 67 Technical description Two modes are available directional and non directional Figure 2 7 2 In the non directional mode the stage is acting just like an ordinary overcurrent 50 51 stage 90 f 90 ind cap ind cap 2 y S DIRECTIONAL NON DIRECTIONAL VALUE o VALUE o res tres tes res BASE ANGLE 0 s TRIP AREA TRIP AREA cap tind cap ind 90 90 Idir_modeA 15 Fig
175. erface 4 wire VCM 485 2 RS 485 interface 2 wire VCM FIBRE PP Serial fibre interface Plastic Plastic VCM FIBRE GG Serial fibre interface Glass Glass VCM FIBRE PG Serial fibre interface Piastic Glass VCM FIBRE GP Serial fibre interface Glass Plastic VCM 232 RS 232 w ith RJ45 connector VCM RTD RTD interface Glass fibre VCM TTL TTU RS 232 interface ee JAN ia 298 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 13 Revision history Technical description 13 Revision history Manual revision history VM259 ENO001 VM259 EN002 VM259 EN003 VM259 EN004 VM259 EN005 VM259 EN006 VM259 EN007 First version of VAMP 259 manual From this version onwards the manual also applies to VAMP 257 Renamed Broken conductor protection to Broken line protection Intermittent transient earth fault protection function added Adjustments in technical data The operation time for voltage interruptions changes to lt 60 ms fixed New text and pictures of Trip circuit supervision added Earth fault distance protection Ze lt 21N Added VAMP 257 259 order codes are modified to support inbuilt Ethernet and IEC 61850 Line differential protection LdI gt 87 added From this version onwards the manual does not applied to VAMP 257 anymore Second harmonic O C stage added Distance protection application added Arc flash protection delayed light indication signal and technical data were
176. erse time setting error signal will be activated if the delay category is changed and the old delay type doesn t exist in the new category See Table 2 24 1 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See Table 2 24 1 1 for more details ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 133 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Table 2 24 1 1 Available standard delay families and the available delay types within each family Curve family o l Ba a le Delay type 5 a z a DT Definite time X NI1 Normal inverse X X VI Very inverse X X X EI Extremely inverse X X X LTI Long time inverse X X LTEI Long time extremely inverse X LTVI Long time very inverse X MI Moderately inverse X X STI Short time inverse X STEI Short time extremely inverse X RI Old ASEA type X RXIDG Old ASEA type X IEC inverse time operation The operation time depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 24 1 1 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 24 1 1 7 kA B ea pickup t Ope
177. ervoltage stages U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt 59 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp 1 or 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Umax V The supervised value Max of Uniz Ur23 and Urs U gt U gt gt V Pick up value scaled to U gt gt gt primary value U gt U gt gt Un Pick up setting relative to Un Set U gt gt gt t gt t gt gt s Definite operation time Set t gt gt gt RlsDly s Release delay U gt stage only Set Hyster 3 Dead band size i e hysteresis Set default m VAP im 04 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 15 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest fa
178. ery Tuesday Wednesday The timer switches on and off every Wednesday Thursday The timer switches on and off every Thursday Friday The timer switches on and off every Friday Saturday The timer switches on and off every Saturday Sunday The timer switches on and off every Sunday MTWTF The timer switches on and off every day except Saturdays and Sundays MTWTFS The timer switches on and off every day except Sundays SatSun The timer switches on and off every Saturday and Sunday m VAP im VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 13 Combined overcurrent status 3 13 Combined overcurrent status This function is collecting faults fault types and registered fault currents of all enabled overcurrent stages Line fault parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note IFltLas xIn Current of the latest Set overcurrent fault LINE ALARM Alri Start alarm status for each Alre phase Alr s 0 O No start since alarm ClrDly 1 1 Start is on OCs Combined overcurrent start status Alrui Alrie Alri3 0 0 Alrii 1 orAlri2 1 or Alri3 1 1 LxAlarm On Event enabling for Set Alrri 3 On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled LxAlarmOff Off Event enabling for Set Alrri 3 On Events are enabled Off Events are disabled OCAlarm On Event enabling for Set combined o c starts On Events are enabled
179. ese 177 3 14 1 DIAgNOS CS ost taps cds cap Sieabedstetescaditeantoviceaseinccdabsanieda 177 3 15 Short circuit fault IOCAtION vai esaciaseccactasuasiedeecsecnccnnscnee 179 3 16 Earth fault IOCAtION sseesesesssesssesrrssssrrerssererssssrreessereessesee 183 4 Measurement fUNCtions 0 sssssssssssssessssssssssseseees 185 4 1 Measurement ACCUTACY ssssssssssererssssssesereesesesssserrree 186 42 RMS VOUES eieeeriiiiestnieeninne uei ie ee E E an Gees 187 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion THD 188 44 Demand VMS sneiieeinrisin nin aaa 189 4 5 Minimum and MAXIMUM VALUES ccceeeecececeeeeeeserees 190 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve MONIS cccswotnudiactacacuborevaisusoutarunatacstarcneaccagieAtsua EE A ERES 191 4 7 Voltage measurement MOG ccscccecccessesesseees 191 4 8 Power Calculation ita tesicassteabineiaatieienesdeatagieaatastacuiads 192 4 9 Direction of power and CUMeEnt seesesssersserrrsseses 193 4 10 Symmetric COM PONGIIIS ssssesesseesrresrsssesrrrreerrssssesreee 194 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling 197 4 11 1 CUrrent Scaling sessssseesseeeesessssessseeeessssssesereresse 197 4 11 2 VOoltage Scaling sessssesssesrressssseserrrersssseseerreerese 199 5 Control functions eeeesesssssoeeeesssssssssooceesssssssssoseeeesssssso 201 5 1 Output reldys eeeessseeeesssssseseeecsessssssereeecssssesosereeeesssses
180. eseeee 201 5 2 Digital MA 1S senscciuaneacutaesecuitsouaceuh ne toosuseddcuustanbecseuaeisevavene 202 5 3 Virtual inputs and QUIDUNS wccvestccsssesssenssensenvenedendcventeras 205 5 4 Output an 1k ih aeenees Pee eee nn es et ve ae RRM ere ee tere enya eer eT Nee 206 5 5 Blocking MATTIX Queena RU eon a nr tO een nea aD eee te NE cas 207 5 6 Controllable OD SCS vives edenasencsscetivedsidvesidendentendsaremadanteass 207 5 6 1 Local Remote selection wise cecosstasicsivascteeanscneien 209 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 sccicsssecisessarsiveriooeierssecesereerees 210 5 8 LOg IC fUNCTIONS sessssssssssessseessererssssrreesserressssrreesserressees 217 6 Communication esssssssseeeeessssssssooceeessssssssooceesssssssssoeee 218 6 1 COMMUNICATION POTIS si cstselcss asset edabinndanetens 218 6 1 1 LOCA PO tisecteduicessncceoroacenileid eax sacdedentenleetencdduesvess 219 6 1 2 Remote port X9 esessessseseeereersesssereeeesrssesesereeresessee 221 6 1 3 EXteEnSION DOU ssesssssesessseerressssseeerereesssseseerreerrsesseo 223 6 1 4 EtREmnet OOP dsscsceseiteegGcendeysesersocdacentnctedtecdsdasduess 224 6 2 COMMUNICAtION Protocols scsnastinceinaceesiarecsavseriersne 225 6 2 1 PC COMMUNICATION sesssssessesssssesereeeeresseseerreerrsesseo 225 6 2 2 Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU n sssesssesersssssse 225 6 23 Profibus gener ena eee eee eR tern Tem een aaia carer tens 226 ee JAN im 42 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007
181. etting parameters of sags and swells monitoring Parameter Value Unit Default Description U gt 20 150 110 Setting value of swell limit U lt 10 120 90 Setting value of sag limit Delay 0 04 1 00 s 0 06 Delay for sag and swell detection SagOn On Off i On Sag on event SagOff On Off On Sag off event SwelOn On Off On Swell on event SwelOf On Off On Swell off event Recorded values of sags and swells monitoring Parameter Value Unit Description Recorded Count Cumulative sag counter values Total Cumulative sag time counter Count Cumulative swell counter Total Cumulative swell time counter Sag swell Date Date of the sag swell logs 1 4 Time Time stamp of the sag swell Type i Voltage inputs that had the sag swell Time s Duration of the sag swell Min1 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 M VAP im 154 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 4 Voltage sags and swells Parameter Value Unit Description Sag swell Min2 Un Minimum voltage value logs 1 4 during the sag swell in the input 2 Min3 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 Avel Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 Ave2 Un_ Average voltage value during the sa
182. evice Label and description texts can be edited with VAMPSET according the application Labels are the short parameter names used on the local panel and descriptions are the longer names used by VAMPSET ee JAN im 202 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 2 Digital inputs Parameters of digital inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set DI1 DIn 0 Status of digital input 1 The actual number of digital inputs depends on the ordering code DI COUNTERS DI1 DIn 0 65535 Cumulative active edge Set counter The actual number of digital inputs depends on the ordering code DELAYS FOR DIGITAL INPUTS DI1 DIn 0 00 60 00 s Definite delay for bothon Set and off transitions The actual number of digital inputs depends on the ordering code CONFIGURATION DI1 DI32 Inverted no For normal open contacts Set NO Active edge is 0 gt 1 yes For normal closed contacts NC Active edge is 10 Alarm display no No pop up display Set yes Alarm pop up display is activated at active DI edge On event On Active edge event Set enabled Off Active edge event disabled Off event On Inactive edge event Set enabled Off Inactive edge event disabled NAMES for DIGITAL INPUTS editable with VAMPSET only Label String of Short name for DIs on Set max 10 the local display characters Default is DIn n 1 32 Desc
183. ext synchronizing message is received the deviation is already near zero Parameters AAIntv and AvDrft will show the adapted correction time interval of this 1 ms auto adjust function Time drift correction without external sync If any external synchronizing source is not available and the system clock has a known steady drift it is possible to roughly correct the clock error by editing the parameters AAIntv and AvDrft The following equation can be used if the previous AAIntv value has been zero 604 8 AAIntv DriftInOneWeek If the auto adjust interval AAIntv has not been zero but further trimming is still needed the following equation can be used to calculate a new auto adjust interval 1 1 F DriftInOneWeek AAINtV previous 604 8 AAINW yew The term DriftInOne Week 604 8 may be replaced with the relative drift multiplied by 1000 if some other period than one week has been used For example if the drift has been 37 seconds in 14 days the relative drift is 37 1000 14 24 3600 0 0306 ms s ee JAIN im 168 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 10 System clock and synchronization Example 1 If there has been no external sync and the device s clock is leading sixty one seconds a week and the parameter AAIntv has been zero the parameters are set as AvDrft Lead Adin 8 99 With these parameter values the system clock
184. face Glass fibre VCM RTD Z27 O oOND 1 Optional hardware communication port 2 None RS 232 with RJ 45 connector VCM 232 RS 485 interface 2 wire VCM 485 2 RJ 45 10Mbps ethernet interface 1 RJ 45 10Mbps ethernet interface with IEC 61850 1 RTD interface Glass fibre VCM RTD zzr oo 1 1 NOT possible to order in combination w ith the follow ing optional communication module 1 M ST 100Mbps ethernet fibre interface w ith IEC 61850 1 NOT yet selectable Accessories Order Code Explanation Note VEA3CGi External ethernet interface module VPA3CG Profibus interface module VSE001 Fiber optic Interface Module VSE002 RS485 Interface Module VX003 3 RS232 programming cable Vampset VEA 3CGi Cable length 3m VX004 M3 TTL RS232 converter cable PLC VEA 3CGi Cable length 3m VX007 F3 TTL RS232 converter cable VPA 3CG Cable length 3m VX048 RS232 COM1 A converter cable for MOXA TCF 90 remote port Cable length 3m VX055 RJ45 COM1 I or COM2 C converter cable for MOXA TCF 90 Cable length 3m VX056 RJ45 COM1 I or COM2 C converter cable for MOXA TCF 142 S ST Cable length 3m 3P0142 MOXA TCF 90 3P022 MOXA TCF 142 S ST VA 1 DA 6 Arc Sensor Cable length 6m VYX076 Raising Frame for 200 serie Height 40mm VYX077 Raising Frame for 200 serie Height 60mm Available option cards possible to be ordered separately Order Code Explanation Note VCM TCP RJ45 10Mbps ethernet interface Not inbuilt VCM 485 4 RS 485 int
185. failure protection 81R df dt Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection 46R Iz 1 gt Broken line protection 37 I lt Undercurrent protection 59N Uo gt Uo gt gt Zero sequence voltage protection 49 T gt Thermal overload protection 59 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt Overvoltage protection 27 U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Undervoltage protection 32 P lt P lt lt Reverse and underpower protection eee JAR ie 4 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO07 Operation and configuration 1 General 1 2 User interface 1 2 1 3 IEEE IEC symbol Function name ANSI code Y Supporting functions 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt Overfrequency and underfrequency protection 81L f lt f lt lt Underfrequency protection 99 Prg1 8 Programmable stages Further the relay includes a disturbance recorder Arc protection is optionally available The relay communicates with other systems using common protocols such as the Modbus RTU ModbusTCP Profibus DP IEC 60870 5 103 IEC 60870 5 101 IEC 61850 SPA bus and DNP 3 0 User interface The relay can be controlled in three ways e Locally with the push buttons on the relay front panel e Locally using a PC connected to the serial port on the front panel or on the rear panel of the relay both cannot be used simultaneously e Via remote control over the remote control port on the relay rear panel Operating Safety The ter
186. for test purposes This is a common flag for all output relays and protection stage status too Any forced relay s and this flag are automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout REMOTE PULSES Al A5 0 00 99 98 s Pulse length for direct Set or output relay control via 99 99 communications protocols 99 99 s Infinite Release by writing 0 to the direct control parameter NAMES for OUTPUT RELAYS editable with VAMPSET only Description String of Names for DO on VAMPSET Set max 32 screens Default is characters Trip relay n n 1 14 or Alarm relay n n 1 5 Set An editable parameter password needed M VAN P im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 201 5 2 Digital inputs 5 Control functions Technical description F Editable when Enable forcing is activated from the Relays menu 5 2 Digital inputs There are 1 32 digital inputs available for control purposes The polarity normal open NO normal closed NC and a delay can be configured according the application The signals are available for the output matrix block matrix user s programmable logic etc The contacts connected to digital inputs DI1 DI6 must be dry potential free These inputs use the common internal 48 Vdc wetting voltage from terminal X3 1 only NOTE These digital inputs must not be connected parallel with inputs of an another d
187. g error signal will be activated if interpolation with the given points fails See chapter 2 24 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 24 for more details ee JAN im 144 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 1 Event log 3 Supporting functions 3 1 Event log Event log is a buffer of event codes and time stamps including date and time For example each start on start off trip on or trip off of any protection stage has a unique event number code Such a code and the corresponding time stamp is called an event The event codes are listed in a separate document Modbus_Profibus_Spabus_event pdf As an example of information included with a typical event an overvoltage trip event of the first 59 stage U gt is shown in the following table EVENT Description Local Communication panel protocols Code 1E2 Channel 30 Yes Yes event 2 I gt trip on Event text Yes No 2 7xIn Fault value Yes No 2007 01 31 Date Yes Yes 08 35 13 413 Time Yes Yes Type UL12 L23 L31 Fault type Yes No Events are the major data for a SCADA system SCADA systems are reading events using any of the available communication protocols Event log can also be scanned using
188. g swell in the input 2 Ave3 Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 Max1 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 Max2 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Max3 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 155 3 5 Voltage interruptions 3 Supporting functions Technical description 3 5 Voltage interruptions The device includes a simple function to detect voltage interruptions The function calculates the number of voltage interruptions and the total time of the voltage off time within a given calendar period The period is based on the real time clock of the device The available periods are 8 hours 00 00 08 00 08 00 16 00 16 00 24 00 one day 00 00 24 00 one week Monday 00 00 Sunday 24 00 one month the first day 00 00 the last day 24 00 one year 1st January 00 00 31st December 24 00 After each period the number of interruptions and the total interruption time are stored as previous values The interruption counter and the total time are cleared for a new period The old previous values are overwritten The voltage interruption is based on the value of the positive sequence voltage U and a user given limit value Whenever the measured U goes below the limit the interruption counter is
189. gt 50NARC option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 S2 1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI 1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms Operating time Delayed Arc L gt 0 01 0 15s BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 85 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms m VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 29 9 4 Supporting functions 9 Technical data Technical description 9 4 Supporting functions 9 4 1 Inrush current detection 68 Settings Setting range 2 Harmonic 10 100 Operating time 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts 9 4 2 Disturbance recorder DR The operation of disturbance recorder depends on the following settings The recording time and the number of records depend on the time setting and the number of selected channels Disturbance recorder DR Mode of recording Saturated Overflow Sample rate Waveform recording 32 cycle 16 cycle 8 cycle Trend curve recording 10 20 200 ms 1 5 10 15 30 s 1 min Recording ti
190. guration and the values define the in out module to be configured for the Profibus master 4 If the value is Profibus protocol has not been selected or the device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 227 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description 6 2 4 SPA bus The device has full support for the SPA bus protocol including reading and writing the setting values Also reading of multiple consecutive status data bits measurement values or setting values with one message is supported Several simultaneous instances of this protocol using different physical ports are possible but the events can be read by one single instance only There is a separate document Spabus parameters pdf of SPA bus data items available Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 899 SPA bus address Must be Set unique in the system bit s bps Communication speed Set 1200 2400 4800 9600 default 19200 Emode Event numbering style Set Channel Use this for new installations Limit60 The other modes are for NoLimit compatibility with old systems Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAN im 228 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 6 Communic
191. h current detection 68 esesessssessessssseessee 292 9 4 2 Disturbance recorder DR s sccsscccsssreceees 292 9 4 3 Transformer SUDEFVISION cccceseececeessseeeceesteees 292 9 4 4 Voltage sag amp swell seeseneesessesessseeesssssssesrsreess 293 9 4 5 Voltage iNteruUptioOnS esessseesssseserererssssesesrreerese 293 10 Abbreviations and symbols sssssssssssssssssssssseees 294 TI COMSMUCTION GS oricirsiericirivisivicisreisrisnieneiiniiai tinii 296 12 Order informati ON isisssesacssesasissscsasavannsoscricevesavasevanteereeiaveness 297 13 Revision history sisesrossisiosrisnisis iii 299 14 Reference information sssscccccccccssssssssssrecceceeeeeeees 302 M VAP im 44 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 1 Introduction 1 1 Main features l VM259 EN007 Introduction This part of the user manual describes the protection functions provides application examples and contains technical data The numerical VAMP line protection device includes as main protection full scheme distance and line differential protection functions backed up with several standard protection functions needed in protection schemes of medium voltage and sub transmission overhead lines and cables in utilities industry power plants and offshore applications Further the device includes several sophisticated back up and monitoring functi
192. hapter 2 24 for more information Cold load and inrush current handling See chapter 0 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 73 2 6 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 2 Protection functions Technical description 3visblock Setting gt s Delay Definite inverse time Inverse time Multiplier Enable events characteristics Figure 2 6 1 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage I gt 3vIssblock Setting I gt gt s Delay Enable events Figure 2 6 2 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage gt gt and tLe Parameters of the overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too This flag is automatically reset 5 minute
193. hone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 18 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R FREQUENCY ROCOF1_v3 Hz 50 0 Settings df dt 0 5 Hz s t 0 60s 49 7 TRIP Figure 2 18 1 An example of definite time df dt operation time At 0 6 s which is the delay setting the average slope exceeds the setting 0 5 Hz s and a trip signal is generated Description of ROCOF implementation The ROCOF function is sensitive to the absolute average value of the time derivate of the measured frequency df dt Whenever the measured frequency slope df dt exceeds the setting value for 80 ms time the ROCOF stage picks up and issues a start signal after an additional 60 ms delay Ifthe average df dt since the pick up moment still exceeds the setting when the operation delay time has elapsed a trip signal is issued In this definite time mode the second delay parameter minimum delay tmin must be equal to the operation delay parameter t If the frequency is stable for about 80 ms and the time t has already elapsed without a trip the stage will release ROCOF and frequency over and under stages One difference between over under frequency and df dt function is the speed In many cases a df dt function can predict an overfrequency or underfrequency situation and is thus faster than a simple overfrequency or underfrequency function However in most cases a sta
194. idual current S X Apparent power P X X Active power Q X X Reactive power The value can be a one cycle value or an average according parameter Timebase Parameters of the day and month registers Parameter Value Description Set Timebase Parameter to select the type of the S registered values 20ms Collect min amp max of one cycle values 200 ms Collect min amp max of 200 ms average 1s values 1min Collect min amp max of 1 s average values Collect min amp max of 1 minute average demand values Collect min amp max of demand values see chapter 4 4 ResetDays Reset the 31 day registers S ResetMon Reset the 12 month registers S This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 20 ms 4 7 Voltage measurement mode Line manager relay is always used in the three line to ground voltages measurement mode The configuration parameter Voltage measurement mode must be set according the used connection for the synchrocheck stage If synchrocheck is not used in the application this selection has no effect The available modes are e 3LN LLy The synchrocheck voltage transformer is connected to line to line voltages Unie e 3LN LNy The synchrocheck voltage transformer is connected to line to line voltages Unie ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 19 4 8 Power calculation 4 Measuremen
195. igital inputs DI1 DI6 an auxiliary relay is needed Using any of the dry digital inputs DI7 V ux 24 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay Digitalinput _ Alarm relay for trip circuit failure Trip Circuit Failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment Figure 7 4 2 1 Trip circuit supervision using a single dry digital input and an external resistor R The circuit breaker is in the closed position The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double lined The digital input is in active state when the trip circuit is complete This is applicable for dry inputs DI7 DI20 ee JAIN im 240 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 7 Applications 7 4 Trip circuit supervision Vax 24 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay Trip relay Ah Alarm relay E for trip NI x circuit failure Trip circuit Failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control ei i i i i TCS1Diopen Figure 7 4 2 2 Trip circuit supervision using a single dry digital input when the circuit breaker is in open position Note If for example DI7 is used for trip circuit supervision the usage of DI8 DI14 is limited to the same circuitry sharing the Vaux in the common terminal DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS Figure 7 4 2 8 An example of digital input DI7 configuration for trip circuit supervision with one dry digital input
196. ignal from any protection stage or by a digital input The triggering signal is selected in the output matrix vertical signal DR The recording can also be triggered manually All recordings are time stamped Reading recordings The recordings can be uploaded viewed and analysed with the VAMPSET program The recording is in COMTRADE format This means that also other programs can be used to view and analyse the recordings made by the relay For more details please see a separate VAMPSET manual Number of channels At the maximum there can be 12 recordings and the maximum selection of channels in one recording is also 12 limited in waveform recording The digital inputs reserve one channel includes all the inputs Also the digital outputs reserve one channel includes all the outputs If digital inputs and outputs are recorded there will be still 10 channels left for analogue waveforms ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 147 3 2 Disturbance recorder 3 Supporting functions Technical description Disturbance recorder parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode Behaviour in memory full Set situation Saturated No more recordings are Overflow accepted The oldest recorder will be overwritten SR Sample rate Set 32 cycle Waveform 16 cycle Waveform 8 cycle Waveform 1 10ms One cycle value 1 20ms One cycle value 1 200ms Average 1 1s Average 1 5s Aver
197. ignal of the protection stage to initiate the AR function If something fails in the AR function the trip signal of the protection stage will open the CB The delay setting for the protection stage should be longer than the AR start delay and discrimination time If a critical signal is used to interrupt an AR sequence the discrimination time setting should be long enough for the critical stage usually at least 100 ms Manual closing When CB is closed manually with the local panel remote bus digital inputs etc AR will function as follows Firmware Functioning version gt 5 31 Reclaim state is activated Within the reclaim time all AR requests are ignored It is up to protection stages to take care of tripping Trip signals of protection stages must be connected to a trip relay in the output matrix lt 5 31 Reclaim state is activated Within the reclaim time any AR request 1 4 will cause final tripping Manual opening Manual CB open command during AR sequence will stop the sequence and leaves the CB open Reclaim time setting Firmware Settings version gt 5 53 Use shot specific reclaim time No Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time between different shots during sequence and also reclaim time after manual closing AR works exactly like in older firmwares Use shot specific reclaim time Yes Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time only for manual control Reclaim time
198. iguration of the relay and instructions for changing settings The second part Technical description of the publication includes detailed protection function descriptions as well as application examples and technical data sheets The Mounting and Commissioning Instructions are published in a separate publication with the code VMMC ENOxx 1 1 Relay features The comprehensive protection functions of the relay make it ideal for utility industrial marine and off shore power distribution applications The relay features the following protection functions List of protection functions ie de IEC symbol Function name Main protection functions 21 Z lt Short circuit distance protection 21N Ze lt Earth Fault distance protection 87 dI gt Line differential protection 85 Pilot signalling Back up protection functions 67 Tair gt Taix gt gt lair gt gt gt Taiv gt gt gt gt Directional overcurrent protection 67N Too gt s Tog gt gt Directional earth fault protection 50 51 31 gt 3I gt gt 3I gt gt gt Non directional overcurrent protection 50N 51N I gt Io gt gt Io gt gt gt p gt gt gt gt Non directional earth fault protection Supporting functions 79 0 gt 1 Autoreclosing 25 Af AU Ag Synchrocheck 50ARC ArcI gt ArcIO gt Optional arc fault protection 5ONARC 50BF CBFP Circuit breaker
199. increased and the total time counter starts increasing Shortest recognized interruption time is 40 ms If the voltage off time is shorter it may be recognized depending on the relative depth of the voltage dip If the voltage has been significantly over the limit Ui lt and then there is a small and short under swing it will not be recognized Figure 3 5 1 Voltage U 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ms gt Time VoltageSag Figure 3 5 1 A short voltage interruption which is probably not recognized On the other hand if the limit Ui lt is high and the voltage has been near this limit and then there is a short but very deep dip it will be recognized Figure 3 5 2 ee JAN im 156 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 5 Voltage interruptions Voltage U A U lt gt Time 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ms VoltageSag2 Figure 3 5 2 A short voltage interrupt that will be recognized Setting parameters of the voltage sag measurement function Parameter Value Unit Default Description U1 lt 10 0 120 0 64 Setting value Period 8h Month Length of the observation Day period Week Month Date Date Time Time Measured and recorded values of voltage sag measurement function Parameter Value Unit Description
200. ing Set RlsDly S Release delay U lt stage only Set Hyster Default Dead band setting Set 3 0 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults for each of the stages Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay voltage before the fault and setting group ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 107 2 16 Reverse power and underpower 2 Protection functions Technical description protection P lt 32 2 16 Recorded values of the undervoltage stages 8 latest faults U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt 27 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Un Minimum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip PreF lt Un Supervised value before fault 1 s average value SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 Reverse power and underpower function is sensitive to active power For reverse power function the pick up value is negative For underpower function a positive pick up value is used Whenever the active power goes under the pick up value the stage picks up and
201. ing the UP and DOWN arrow keys 5 Confirm the operation by pushing the ENTER key The state of the object changes Toggling virtual inputs 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the virtual input object empty or black square The dialog opens Sed 4 Select Von to activate the virtual input or select VIoff to deactivate the virtual input M VAP ie VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 23 2 3 Operating measures 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 3 2 Measured data The measured values can be read from the P E I and U menus and their submenus Furthermore any measurement value in the following table can be displayed on the main view next to the single line diagram Up to six measurements can be shown Impedance measurements Z12 Z23 Z31 are located in distance stage displays Value Menu Submenu Description P P POWER Active power kW Q P POWER Reactive power kvar S P POWER Apparent power kVA P POWER Active power angle P F P POWER Power factor f P POWER Frequency Hz Pda P 15 MIN POWER Active power kW Qda P 15 MIN POWER Reactive power kvar Sda P 15 MIN POWER Apparent power kVA Pfda P 15 MIN POWER Power factor fda P 15 MIN POWER Frequency Hz PL1 P P
202. ing to the AR request which caused the final tripping The final trip signal will stay active for 0 5 seconds and then resets automatically DI to block AR setting This setting is useful with an external synchro check device This setting only affects re closing the CB Re closing can be blocked with a digital input virtual input or virtual output When the blocking input is active CB won t be closed until the blocking input becomes inactive again When blocking becomes inactive the CB will be controlled close immediately AR info for mimic display setting firmware version gt 4 95 When AR info is enabled the local panel mimic display shows small info box during AR sequence en JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 213 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description Setting parameters of AR function Parameter Value Unit Default Description ARena ARon ARoff ARon Enabling disabling the autoreclose Block None es The digital input for block any digital information This can be used input for example for Synchrocheck virtual input or virtual output AR_DI None 5 The digital input for toggling any digital the ARena parameter input virtual input or virtual output AR2egrp ARon ARoff ARon Enabling disabling the autoreclose for group 2 ReclT 0 0
203. ion 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection stages Overcurrent stages I gt gt and I gt gt gt 50 51 Pick up current 0 10 20 00 x In I gt gt 0 10 40 00 x In I gt gt gt Definite time function Operating time DT gt gt 0 04 1800 00 s step 0 01 s gt gt gt 0 04 300 00 s step 0 01 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting Operation time 3 of the set value or 5 mA secondary 1 or 25 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Thermal overload stage T gt 49 Overload factor Alarm setting range Time constant Tau Cooling time coefficient Max overload at 40 C Max overload at 70 C Ambient temperature Resetting ratio Start amp trip Accuracy operating time 0 1 2 40 x In step 0 01 60 99 step 1 2 180 min step 1 1 0 10 0 xTau step 0 1 70 120 In step 1 50 100 lIx step 1 55 125 C step 1 0 95 5 or 1s NOTE Stage is blocked when motor has been running for 2 seconds Secondary current has to be gt 1A in all phases Undercurrent protection stage I lt 37 Current setting range Definite tim
204. ion 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt Characteristic type 2 In the characteristic type 2 the line angle is set to 90 degrees The reactive setting X is set above the resistive setting R The resistive reach is equal at the both sides of the line setting The load setting R and the angle setting of load block can be found from distance common settings menu These values are being used only if the Load block in use is selected as Yes The tolerance of inaccuracy is now taken from the X setting This is because the X value is greater than the R value If the allowed inaccuracy is for example 5 and X setting is 10 Q the allowed tolerance would be 0 5 Q x SiC DISTANCE STAGE Z1 lt 21 Set group DI control 1 Group 1 Forward Yes M VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 67 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description Characteristic type 3 In the characteristic type 3 the line angle is set to 75 degrees The reactive setting X is set above the resistive setting R The resistive reach is equal at the both sides of the line setting The load setting R and the angle setting of load block can be found from distance common settings menu These values are being used only if the Load block in use is selected as Yes The tolerance of inaccuracy is now taken from the X setting This is because the X value is greater tha
205. ion is to detect unbalanced load conditions for example a broken conductor of a heavy loaded overhead line in case there is no earth fault The operation of the unbalanced load function is based on the negative phase sequence component Iz related to the positive phase sequence component l This is calculated from the phase currents using the method of symmetrical components The function requires that the measuring inputs are connected correctly so that the rotation direction of the phase currents are as in chapter 8 9 The unbalance protection has definite time operation characteristic K2 2 where 1 I1 h al a lrs I2 In alre alts a 12120 E a phasor rotating constant Setting parameters of current unbalanced stage l2 gt 46 Parameter Value Unit Default Description I12 11 gt 2 70 20 Setting value I2 T1 t gt 1 0 600 0 s 10 0 Definite operating time Type DT DT The selection of time INV characteristics S_On Enabled z Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled z Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and recorded values of current unbalanced stage l2 gt 46 Parameter Value Unit Description Measured I2 T1 Relative negative sequence value component Recorded SCntr Cumulative start counter values TCnt
206. ion lo gt 50N 51N Undirectional earth fault protection is used to detect earth faults in low impedance earthed networks In high impedance earthed networks compensated networks and isolated networks undirectional earth fault can be used as back up protection The undirectional earth fault function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the residual current 31o The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB Whenever this fundamental value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued Ifthe fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued ids re ha Regist He Ly L i al le Setting Io gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events time characteristics Figure 2 11 1 Block diagram of the earth fault stage Ip gt VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VAMP E 91 2 11 Earth fault protection 10 gt 2 Protection functions Technical description 50N 51N I0ssblock Start Register event Trip Register event Setting Io gt gt s Delay Enable events Figure 2 11 2 Block diagram of the earth fault stages Io gt gt Ip gt gt gt and Ig gt gt gt gt Figure 2 11 1 shows a functional block diagram of the Io gt earth overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation time Figure 2 11 2 shows a functional b
207. ions Uo DEF algorithm in Vamp 259 relay is enabled together with distance protection Zle lt Enabling is done by selecting network grounding as Comp compensated When DEF function is enabled earth fault loop Z1le lt is blocked during faults as long as DEF sequence is fulfilled During first earth fault the fault is recognized due to several terms One of the phase voltages has to drop below Phase under voltage limit Two of the phase voltages need to increase above Phase over voltage limit Now the relay memorises that in which phase the first earth fault in the network appeared In case impedance measurement goes inside the zone Zle lt during voltage drop caused by the first earth fault the trip will be blocked When earth fault turns into double earth fault the fault is recognized as follows Second faulty phase has to decrease 10 below the healthy phase Healthy phase still has to stay above the Phase over voltage limit Also certain amount of zero sequence voltage U0 is required in the final phase Additionally if comparison condition is selected as UO_IO also residual current has to exceed the set limit ee JAN im 60 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt Fault L1 G inside zone Zle lt FAULT 1 FAULT2 hal i VOLTAGES LEAST 100ms Sess Fault is noticed since one of the v
208. ircuit breakers disconnectors switches e Freely configurable display with six measurement values e Freely configurable interlocking schemes with basic logic functions e Recording of events and fault values into an event register from which the data can be read via a keypad and a local HMI or by means of a PC based VAMPSET user interface All events and indications are in non volatile memory Easy configuration parameterisation and reading of information via local HMI or with a VAMPSET user interface e Easy connection to power plant automation system due to a versatile serial connection and several available communication protocols e Built in self regulating ac dc converter for auxiliary power supply from any source within the range from 40 to 265 Vpc or Vac The alternative power supply is for 18 to 36 Voc e Built in disturbance recorder for evaluating all the analogue and digital signals ee JAN im AG VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 1 Introduction 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques The device is fully designed using numerical technology This means that all the signal filtering protection and control functions are implemented through digital processing The numerical technique used in the device is primarily based on an adapted Fast Fourier Transformation FFT In FFT the number of calculations mul
209. ircuit supervision with one digital input The benefits of this scheme is that only one digital inputs is needed and no extra wiring from the relay to the circuit breaker CB is needed Also supervising a 24 Vdc trip circuit is possible The drawback is that an external resistor is needed to supervise the trip circuit on both CB positions If supervising during the closed position only is enough the resistor is not needed e The digital input is connected parallel with the trip contacts Figure 7 4 2 1 e The digital input is configured as Normal Closed NC e The digital input delay is configured longer than maximum fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm when the trip contact is closed e The digital input is connected to a relay in the output matrix giving out any trip circuit alarm e The trip relay should be configured as non latched Otherwise a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow after the trip contact operates and the relay remains closed because of latching ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 239 7 4 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description e By utilizing an auxiliary contact of the CB for the external resistor also the auxiliary contact in the trip circuit can be supervised e When using the dry digital inputs DI7 using the other inputs of the same group sharing a common terminal is limited e When using the wet d
210. is 0 At time 50 minutes the current changes to 0 85xIn and the temperature rise starts to approach value 0 85 1 06 64 according the time constant At time 300 min the temperature is about stable and the current increases to 5 over the maximum defined by the rated current and the service factor k The temperature rise starts to approach value 110 At about 340 minutes the temperature rise is 100 and a trip follows ee JAN im 100 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 13 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 Initial temperature rise after restart When the device is switched on an initial temperature rise of 70 is used Depending of the actual current the calculated temperature rise then starts to approach the final value Alarm function The thermal overload stage is provided with a separately settable alarm function When the alarm limit is reached the stage activates its start signal Temperature rise thermbeh overload 100 Omax Oalarm 80 Op 60 40 Settings T 30 minutes k 1 06 alarm 90 20 0 Alarm 1 Trip ay Viy D 1 6 Lax k Iy Tovertoap 1 05 Iyax l en pie I 45 min Ip 0 85 Iy 1 f 1 l Ime 100 min 200 min 300 min 400 min 500 min Figure 2 13 2 Example of the thermal model behaviour ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 1
211. is is connected with a VX007 F3 cable to VCM TTL module VCM TIL dip switch must be set to TTL 8 3 2 Front panel connector Figure 8 8 2 1 Pin numbering of the front panel D9S connector Pin RS232 signal Not connected Rx in Tx out DTR out 8 V GND DSR in activates this port and disables the X4 RS232 port RTS in Internally connected to pin 8 D Ooury B o ml e 8 CTS out Internally connected to pin 7 9 No connected NOTE DSR must be connected to DTR to activate the front panel connector and disable the rear panel X4 RS232 port The other port in the same X4 connector will not be disabled ee JAN ia 262 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection card 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection card NOTE When this option card is installed the parameter Arc card type has value 2Arc BI O Please check the ordering code in chapter 12 NOTE If the slot X6 is already occupied with the DI19 DI20 digital input card this option is not available but there is still one arc sensor channel available See chapter 8 5 The optional arc protection card includes two arc sensor channels The arc sensors are connected to terminals X6 4 5 and 6 7 The arc information can be transmitted and or received through digital input and output channels This is a 48 V de signa
212. ital inputs from two separate groups are needed and two extra wires from the relay to the CB compartment is needed Additionally the minimum allowed auxiliary voltage is 48 Vdc which is more than twice the threshold voltage of the dry digital input because when the CB is in open position the two digital inputs are in series e The first digital input is connected parallel with the auxiliary contact of the open coil of the circuit breaker e Another auxiliary contact is connected in series with the circuitry of the first digital input This makes it possible to supervise also the auxiliary contact in the trip circuit e The second digital input is connected in parallel with the trip contacts e Both inputs are configured as normal closed NC e The user s programmable logic is used to combine the digital input signals with an AND port The delay is configured longer than maximum fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm when the trip contact is closed e The output from the logic is connected to a relay in the output matrix giving out any trip circuit alarm e The trip relay should be configured as non latched Otherwise a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow after the trip contact operates and the relay remains closed because of latching e Both digital inputs must have their own common potential Using the other digital inputs in the same group as the upper DI in the Figure 7 4 3 1 is not possible in m
213. ive i e lagging current and for capacitive i e leading current Nominal power of the prime mover Used by reverse under power protection See VT Per unit Depending of the context the per unit refers to any nominal value For example for overcurrent setting 1 pu 1xIN Reactive power Unit var acc IEC Root mean square Apparent power Unit VA Simple Network Time Protocol for LAN and WWW Trip circuit supervision Total harmonic distortion Current input for Ini Current input for Ir2 Current input for Irs Voltage input for U1 Voltage input for UL Voltage input for Urs Voltage input for synchronizing voltage Depending on the voltage input mode can be phase to ground or phase to phase voltage Calculated phase to phase voltage ULi2 Calculated phase to phase voltage Utz3 Calculated phase to phase voltage U1s1 Voltage transformer i e potential transformer PT Nominal primary value of voltage transformer Nominal secondary value of voltage transformer World wide web internet en JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 295 Technical description 11 Constructions 11 Constructions Panel mounting VAMP200 Series 190 0 181 0 27 0 1 Q 1 Onn Semi flush VAMP200 Series amm bmm Fixingbracket vyxo76 40 16 _ Standard for 200 series vYxoz7 60 149 Standard for 200 series 21 0 28 0 181 0 27 0 E E E h a
214. l Connections X6 1 Binary input BD X6 2 Binary output BO X6 3 Common for BI and BO X6 4 5 Sensor 1 X6 6 7 Sensor 2 The binary output of the arc option card may be activated by the arc sensors or by any available signal in the output matrix The binary output can be connected to an arc binary input of another VAMP protection device ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 263 8 5 Optional digital I O card 8 Connections Technical description DI19 D120 8 5 Optional digital I O card DI19 DI20 NOTE When this option card is installed the parameter Arc card type has value Arc 2DI With DI19 DI20 option only one arc sensor channel is available Please check the ordering code in chapter 12 NOTE If the slot X6 is already occupied with the two channel arc sensor card chapter 8 4 this option is not available The DI19 DI20 option enables two more digital inputs These inputs are useful in applications where the contact signals are not potential free For example trip circuit supervision is such application The inputs are connected to terminals X6 1 X6 2 and X6 3 X6 4 Connections X6 1 DI19 X6 2 DI19 X6 3 DI20 X6 4 DI20 X6 5 NC X6 6 L X6 7 L m VAN P im 264 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 8 Connections 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 6 1 External LED
215. lected digital input should be set to zero Synchronisation correction If the syne source has a known offset delay it can be compensated with SyOS setting This is useful for compensating hardware delays or transfer delays of communication protocols A positive value will compensate a lagging external sync and communication delays A negative value will compensate any leading offset of the external synch source Sync source When the device receives new sync message the sync source display is updated If no new sync messages are received within next 1 5 minutes the device will change to internal syne mode Deviation The time deviation means how much system clock time differs from sync source time Time deviation is calculated after receiving new sync message The filtered deviation means how much the system clock was really adjusted Filtering takes care of small errors in sync messages Auto lag lead The device synchronizes to the sync source meaning it starts automatically leading or lagging to stay in perfect sync with the master The learning process takes few days ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 171 3 11 Running hour counter 3 Supporting functions Technical description 3 11 Running hour counter This function calculates the total active time of the selected digital input virtual I O or output matrix output signal The resolution is ten seconds Running hour counter parame
216. line impedance If impedance is inside the tripping zone normally presented in R X plane and set Io current is exceeded the distance function operates In earth fault faults there are 3 possible fault loops The VAMP distance protection function calculates the impedances of the fault loops continuously and thus separate pick up conditions are not needed X gt Tripping R Zone olygonal characteristics Tipping zone Figure 2 4 2 1 An example of tripping zone Gray area is the tripping zone polygonal characteristics Earth fault fault loops Figure 2 4 2 2 Earth fault fault loops ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 57 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description Zones and characteristics There are 5 zones Zle Z2e Z3e Z4e and Z5e for earth fault protection These are implemented as protection stages Zle lt Z2e lt Z3e lt Z4e lt and Z5e lt Zle extension can be implemented by applying second setting group to cover the extension zone in auto reclosing The distance protection s zones implement a polygonal characteristics as shown in Figure 2 4 2 3 X X settihg point 72e B load angle Load area in padR Load area in reverse direction forwatd direction i polygonal characterstics Figure 2 4 2 3 The distance protection polygonal characteristics In this example zone 3 is in reverse direc
217. lock diagram of the Ip gt gt Io gt gt gt and Ip gt gt gt gt earth fault stages with definite time operation delay Input signal selection Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following inputs and signals e Input Io for all networks other than rigidly earthed e From the phase currents calculated signal Iocaic for rigidly and low impedance earthed networks loca Ini In2 Ins Additionally the stage Io gt have two more input signal alternatives to measure current peaks to detect a restriking intermittent earth fault e Ioipeak to measure the peak value of input Io1 Intermittent earth fault detection Short earth faults make the protection to start to pick up but will not cause a trip Here a short fault means one cycle or more For shorter than 1 ms transient type of intermittent earth faults in compensated networks there is a dedicated stage Iot gt 67NT When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new start happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip Four or six independent undirectional earth fault overcurrent stages There are four separately adjustable earth fault stages Io gt Io gt gt Io gt gt gt and Io gt gt gt gt The first stage Io gt can be configured for definite time DT or inverse time operation
218. lose the level M VAP ie VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 21 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Opening access 1 Push the INFO key and the ENTER key on the front panel ENTER PASSWORD A kk 0 v Figure 2 2 5 1 Opening the access level 2 Enter the password needed for the desired level the password can contain four digits The digits are supplied one by one by first moving to the position of the digit using the RIGHT key and then setting the desired digit value using the UP key 3 Push the ENTER key Password handling The passwords can only be changed using VAMPSET software connected to the local RS 232 port on the relay It is possible to restore the password s in case the password is lost or forgotten In order to restore the password s a relay program is needed The serial port settings are 38400 bps 8 data bits no parity and one stop bit The bit rate is configurable via the front panel Command Description get pwd_break Get the break code Example 6569403 get serno Get the serial number of the relay Example 12345 Send both the numbers to vampsupport vamp fi and ask for a password break A device specific break code is sent back to you That code will be valid for the next two weeks Command Description set pwd_break 4435876 Restore the factory default passwords 4435876 is just an exampl
219. ly Iop gt only ToRes pu Resistive part of Io only when InUse Res IoCap pu Capacitive part of Io only when InUse Cap Iog gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Io gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set parameter Input and the corresponding CT value Uo gt Pick up setting for Uo Set Uo Measured Uo Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 24 IEEE Set IEEE2 RI PrgN VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 M VAP im 89 2 10 Directional earth fault protection 2 Protection functions Technical description lOcp gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 24 VI Set EI LTI Parameters t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Mode ResCap High impedance earthed nets Sector Low impedance earthed nets Set Undir Undirectional mode Offset Angle offset MTA for RecCap Set and Sector modes Sector Default Half sector size of the trip area Set 88 on both sides of the offset angle ChCtrl Res Cap control in mode ResCap Res Fixed to Resistive Set Cap characteristic DI1 32 Fixed to Capacitive VIL 4 characteristic T Controlled by digital input Controlled by virtual input InUse Selected submode in mode ResC
220. me one record 0 1 s 12 000 min must be shorter than MAX time Pre trigger rate 0 100 Number of selected channels 0 12 9 4 3 Transformer supervision Current transformer supervision Pick up current 0 00 10 00 x In Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 600 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio Imax gt 0 97 Reset ratio Imin lt 1 03 Inaccuracy Activation 3 of the set value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Voltage transformer supervision Pick up setting U2 gt 0 0 200 0 Pick up setting 2 lt 0 0 200 0 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 600 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio 3 of the pick up value Inaccuracy Activation U2 gt 1 unit Activation I2 lt 1 unit Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms ee JAN im 292 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 4 Supporting functions 9 4 4 Voltage sag amp swell Voltage sag limit 10 120 Voltage swell limit 20 150 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 1 00 s step 0 02 s Low voltage blocking 0 50 Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ration Sag 1 03 Swell 0 97 Block limit 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy Activation 0 5 V or 3 of the set value Activ
221. mension 4 mm 10 12 AWG M JAN im 278 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 1 Connections 9 1 2 9 1 3 9 1 4 Auxiliary voltage Type A Type B Voltage range Uaux 40 265 V ac dc 18 36 Vdc Note Polarity X3 17 positive X3 18 negative Start up peak DC 110V 220V 15A with time constant of 1ms 25A with time constant of 1ms Power consumption Max permitted interruption time lt 7 W normal conditions lt 15 W output relays activated gt 50 ms 110 V de Terminal block Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent Maximum wire dimension 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG Digital inputs Internal operating voltage Number of inputs 6 Internal operating voltage 48 V de Current drain when active max approx 20 mA Current drain average value lt 1lmA Terminal block Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent Maximum wire dimension 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG External operating voltage Number of inputs 12 24 16 depends on the ordering code external operating voltage 18 V 265 V de Current drain approx 2 mA Terminal block Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent Maximum wire dimension 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG Trip contacts Number of contacts 4 8 14 depends on the ordering code Rated voltage 250 V ac dc Continuous carry 5A Make an
222. meter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 81 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection 2 Protection functions Technical description Idir gt 67 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault current load current before the fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the directional overcurrent stages 8 latest faults ldir gt lair gt gt lair gt gt gt lair gt gt gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Ground fault 2 N Ground fault 3 N Ground fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Flt xIn Maximum fault current Load xIn 1s average phase currents before the fault EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Angle g Fault angle in degrees U1 xUn Positive sequence voltage during fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault ee JAN iam 82 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 8 Current unbalance stage 12 gt 46 2 8 Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 The purpose of the broken line protect
223. meter is the bit rate between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC The actual Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master and can be up to 12 Mbit s e Event numbering style Emodel e Size of the Profibus Tx buffer InBufl e Size of the Profibus Rx buffer OutBufl When configuring the Profibus master system the length of these buffers are needed The size of the both buffers is set indirectly when configuring the data items for Profibus e Address for this slave device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Profibus converter type Conv If the shown type is a dash either Profibus protocol has not been selected or the device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC For details see the technical description part of the manual ee JAR ie 38 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO07 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting DNP3 Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity e Addres for this device SlvAddr This address has to be unique within the system e Master s addres MstrAddy For further details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 60870 5 101 e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity e Link layer address for this device LLAddr
224. minal ready An RS232 signal Output and always true 8 Vdo in front panel port of VAMP devices Fast Fourier transform Algorithm to convert time domain signals to frequency domain or to phasors Le dead band Used to avoid oscillation when comparing two near by values Another name for pick up setting value I gt Another name for pick up setting value Io gt Nominal current of the Io1 input of the device Nominal current of Io input in general Nominal current Rating of CT primary or secondary International Electrotechnical Commission An international standardization organisation Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Abbreviation for communication protocol defined in standard IEC 60870 5 101 Abbreviation for communication protocol defined in standard IEC 60870 5 103 Local area network Ethernet based network for computers and devices Output relays and indication LEDs can be latched which means that they are not released when the control signal is releasing Releasing of lathed devices is done with a separate action Network time protocol for LAN and WWW Active power Unit W ee JAN im 294 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 10 Abbreviations and symbols Technical description PF Pm PT pu RMS SNTP TCS THD Tha Irs Uni UL Urs Usyne ULi2 UL23 ULs31 VT VT pri VT sec Power factor The absolute value is equal to cos but the sign is for induct
225. minals on the rear panel of the relay may carry dangerous voltages even if the auxiliary voltage is switched off A live current transformer secondary circuit must not be opened Disconnecting a live circuit may cause dangerous voltages Any operational measures must be carried out according to national and local handling directives and instructions Carefully read through all operation instructions before any operational measures are carried out ee JAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 5 2 1 Front panel 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 2 1 2 1 1 Local panel user interface Front panel The figure below shows as an example the front panel of VAMP 259 and the location of the user interface elements used for local control VAMP 259 xY Line Manager ANA O 4 ae gt VAMP E VY062B VAMP257Front Figure 2 1 1 The front panel of VAMP 259 1 LCD dot matrix display 2 Keypad 3 LED indicators 4 RS 232 serial communication port for PC Display The relay is provided with a backlightedt 128x64 LCD dot matrix display The display enables showing 21 characters in one row and eight rows at the same time The display has two different purposes one is to show the single line diagram of the relay with the object status measurement values identification etc Figure 2 1 1 1 The other purpose is to show the configuration and paramete
226. mit and two other voltages are increasing above the set Phase over voltage limit limit This phase has to last least 100ms When second fault appears another voltage has to drop at least 10 below the healthy phase Also set amount of zero sequence voltage has to be exceeded same applies to residual current if triggering condition Uo_Io is selected Selected relay sees the fault but outside the zone Zle lt so there is no reason to trip ee JAN im 64 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt Problem situations Sometimes in certain type of network when fault 1 and 2 both appear in very short distance from the incomer the short circuit distance Z1 gt protection might disconnect the whole ring Same would happen even if the DEF algorithm is not used since short circuit distance protection happens to see the fault inside the zone Station Station Station Station Figure 2 4 3 1 Two earth faults very close to the incomer SC distance protection Z1 gt operated Station Station Station h gz 1 FAULT 2 L1 G 12 Figure 2 4 3 2 Two earth faults very close to the incomers at difterent ends of same line Both lines will be separated from the network due the activation of SC distance stage Note Simple over current and earth fault protection is preferred to have as a back up for DEF algorithm
227. mit for lined value corresponding to Modbus Max 0 42x108 21 21x108 Minimum limit for lined value corresponding to Modbus Min Link selection 21x107 Minimum amp maximum output 21x107 values Active value On Off Enabling for measurement VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 7 Block diagrams 8 7 8 7 1 Block diagrams VAMP 259 406 Protection functions 50 51 gt 3I gt gt 3I gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt 3 gt 46 gt 5ON 51N gt gt loo L gt gt gt 81L f lt f lt lt Autorecloser matrix Blocking and output matrix Figure 8 7 1 1 Block diagram of VAMP 259 4C6 X3 14 X3 15 X3 12 X3 13 X7 17 X7 18 X7 15 X7 16 X3 9 X3 11 X3 10 X2 7 X2 2 X29 X2 10 X2 11 VAMP259 4C blockDiagram en JAR ie VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 271 8 7 Block diagrams 8 Connections Technical description 8 7 2 VAMP 259 4C7 X8 5 X8 9 X8 10 X8 11 X8 12 3 Protection functions 50 51 3I gt gt 3 gt gt gt 3I gt gt gt gt 3 gt 46 L gt 50N 51IN k
228. mmon setting for tmin has been used in these three examples This minimum delay parameter defines the knee point positions on the right FREQUENCY ROCOF3_v3 Hz 50 0 Settings df dt 0 5 Hz s t 0 60s tun 0 15 s 49 7 TRIP Figure 2 18 4 An example of inverse dt dt operation time The time to trip will be 0 8 s although the setting is 0 6 s because the average slope 1 Hz s is steeper than the setting value 0 5 Hz s VAMP E VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 115 2 18 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R 2 Protection functions Technical description Setting parameters of df dt stage Parameter Value Unit Default Description df dt 0 2 10 0 Hz s_ 5 0 df dt pick up setting t gt 0 14 10 0 s 0 50 df dt operational delay tMin gt 0 14 10 0 s 0 50 df dt minimum delay S_On Enabled Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and recorded values of df dt stage Parameter Value Unit Description Measured f Hz Frequency value df dt Hz s Frequency rate of change Recorded SCntr Start counter Start values reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Flt Hz s Max rate of change fault value EDly Elapsed time as compared to
229. ms value of one cycle updated every 20 ms M VAP im 150 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 2 Disturbance recorder Running virtual comtrade files with VAMP relays Virtual comtrade files can be run with VAMP relays with the v 10 74 software or a later version Relay behaviour can be analysed by playing the recorder data over and over again in the relay memory Steps of opening the VAMPSET setting tool 1 Go to Disturbance record and select Open A 2 Select the comtrade file from you hard disc or equivalent VAMPSET is now ready to read the recording 3 The virtual measurement has to be enabled B in order to send record data to the relay C 4 Sending the file to the relay s memory takes a few seconds Initiate playback of the file by pressing the Go button D The Change to control mode button takes you back to the virtual measurement B lo c rer Enable virtual measurement a 1 jz ts fe s JEMTDC_Simulation 1 Show AVG r NR Reading record file Serial Comi tic Sending record data to device 076 15 5457 mem C47F25 FD F4 FE 04 FE 12 FE OC FE 1A FE 16 FE 00 FE 06 FD a 077 15 54 57 mem C47F40 FD F6 FD F4 FD EE FD ES FD E2 FD CA FD D4 FD CA F 078 15 54 58 mem C47FSA FD D2 FD DE FD EC FD EC FD FA FE 02 FE 08 FE 06 FI 079 15 54 58 mem C47F74 FE 16 FE 10 FE 10 FE 06 FD FE FD FA FD
230. n 2 Protection functions Technical description ena IEC VI S IEC LTI 400 400 200 200 k 20 100 100 80 80 k 10 60 60 40 40 E 20 20 k 2 10 10 10 8 8 k 1 Ss Ss 4 k 5 4 2 2 ms oO Q 2 ke2 2 k 0 2 08 k 1 i 0 8 0 6 0 6 k 0 1 04 k 0 5 0 4 K 0 05 0 2 2 k 0 2 0 0 1 E 0 1 0 08 0 0 08 0 06 k 0 05 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEC_VI T Iset inverse DelayIEC_LTI Figure 2 24 1 3 IEC very inverse delay Figure 2 24 1 4 IEC long time inverse delay IEEE ANSI inverse time operation There are three different delay types according IEEE Std C37 112 1996 MI VI EI and many de facto versions according Table 2 24 1 3 The IEEE standard defines inverse delay for both trip and release operations However in the VAMP device only the trip time is inverse according the standard but the release time is constant The operation delay depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 24 1 2 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 24 1 2 C pickup t Operation delay in seconds k Users multiplier I Measured value Tpickup User
231. n 8 8 4 313 10kA C A AlarmMax C 945 A L1 L2 3 13 Thus Alarm2 counters for phases 11 and r2 are decremented by 3 In phase 1 the currents is less than the alarm limit current 6 kA For such currents the decrement is one A 1 M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 163 3 8 Circuit breaker condition 3 Supporting functions Technical description monitoring Local panel parameters of CBWEAR function Parameter Value Unit Description Set CBWEAR STATUS Operations left for Aut Alarm 1 phase 11 AuiL2 Alarm 1 phase 12 AL1L3 Alarm 1 phase 13 AL2L1 Alarm 2 phase 11 ALeL2 Alarm 2 phase 12 AL2L3 Alarm 2 phase 13 Latest trip Date Time stamp of the latest time trip operation Thi A Broken current of phase 11 The A Broken current of phase 12 Irs A Broken current of phase 13 CBWEAR SET Alarm1 Current 0 00 100 00 kA Alarm1 current level Set Cycles 100000 1 Alarm1 limit for operations Set left Alarm2 Current 0 00 100 00 kA Alarm2 current level Set Cycles 100000 1 Alarm2 limit for operations Set left CBWEAR SET2 AuiOn On Alarm1 on event enabling Set Off AuiOff On Alarm1 off event enabling Set Off AzOn On Alarm2 on event enabling Set Off A2Off On Alarm2 off event enabling Set Off Clear Clearing of cycle counters Set Clear Se
232. n the R value If the allowed inaccuracy is for example 5 and X setting is 10 Q the allowed tolerance would be 0 5 Q X SIC DISTANCE STAGE Z1 lt 21 Set group DI control Group 1 Group 1 Load block in use Yes 40 00 ohm T00 ohm DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS 15 o Line angle Load setting R 400 ohm LoadAngle 10 o m VAP im 68 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt Characteristic type 4 In the characteristic type 4 the line angle is set to 75 degrees The reactive setting X is set significantly above the resistive setting R The resistive reach is equal at the both sides of the line setting until the resistive reach of quadrant II hits the line X The load setting R and the angle setting of load block can be found from distance common settings menu These values are being used only if the Load block in use is selected as Yes The tolerance of inaccuracy is now taken from the X setting This is because the X value is greater than the R value If the allowed inaccuracy is for example 5 and X setting is 40 Q the allowed tolerance would be 2 0 Q Notice that with these settings the load block area is fully covered with the tolerance so all settings are not reasonable POWER SWING Enable for power swing Power swing setting dZ 1 00 ohm Power swing status
233. nd the time the fault remains on after the trip command If this time is longer than the operating time of the CBFP stage the CBFP stage activates another output relay which will remain activated until the primary trip relay resets The CBFP stage is supervising all the protection stages using the same selected trip relay since it supervises the control signal of this device See chapter 5 4 for details about the output matrix and the trip relays ee JAN im 122 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 21 Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF Parameters of the circuit breaker failure stage CBFP 50BF Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Cbrelay The supervised output relay Set 1 14 Relay T1 T14 depending on the orderinf code t gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on This setting is used by the circuit breaker condition monitoring too See chapter
234. ndard overfrequency and underfrequency stages must be used together with ROCOF to ensure tripping also in case the frequency drift is slower than the slope setting of ROCOF Definite operation time characteristics Figure 2 18 1 shows an example where the df dt pick up value is 0 5 Hz s and the delay settings are t 0 60 s and tmin 0 60 s Equal times t tmin will give a definite time delay characteristics Although the frequency slope fluctuates the stage will not release but continues to calculate the average ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 113 2 18 Rate of change of frequency 2 Protection functions Technical description ROCOF protection df dt 81R slope since the initial pick up At the defined operation time t 0 6 s the average slope is 0 75 Hz s This exceeds the setting and the stage will trip At slope settings less than 0 7 Hz s the fastest possible operation time is limited according the Figure 2 18 2 0 6 ROCOFS_v3 Fastest possible operation time setting s 0 1 t 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 71 0 8 Slope setting df dt Hz s 0 714 Figure 2 18 2 At very sensitive slope settings the fastest possible operation time is limited according the figure Inverse operation time characteristics By setting the second delay parameter tmin smaller than the operational delay t an inverse type of operation time characteristics is
235. ng 3 of set value or 0 5 of rated value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 150 ms NOTE When pick up setting is 1 200 an internal block will be activated if max voltage of all phases drops below 5 of rated ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 289 9 3 Protection stages 9 Technical data Technical description 9 3 6 Synchrocheck function Sync mode Voltage check mode CB closing time Usceaa limit setting Uiive limit setting Frequency difference Voltage difference Phase angle difference Request timeout Stage operation range Reset ratio U Inaccuracy voltage frequency phase angle operating time Off ASync Sync DD DL LD DD DL DD LD DL LD DD DL LD 0 04 0 6s 10 120 Un 10 120 Un 0 01 1 00 Hz 1 60 Un 2 90 deg 0 1 600 0 s 46 0 64 0 Hz 0 97 3 Un 20 mHz 2 when Af lt 0 2 Hz else 5 1 or 30 ms NOTE When sync mode is used Af should be less lt 0 2 Hz 9 3 7 Second harmonic function 2 Harmonic stage 51F2 Settings Setting range 2 Harmonic Operating time 10 100 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit NOTE The amplitude of second harmonic content has to be at least 2 of the nominal of CT If the moninal current is 5 A the 100 Hz component needs to exceed 100 mA
236. ng error signal will become active if interpolation with the given parameters is not possible See chapter 2 24 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 24 for more details ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 143 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 24 3 Programmable inverse time curves Only with VAMPSET requires rebooting The current time curve points are programmed using VAMPSET PC program There are some rules for defining the curve points e configuration must begin from the topmost row e row order must be as follows the smallest current longest operation time on the top and the largest current shortest operation time on the bottom e all unused rows on the bottom should be filled with 1 00 0 00s Here is an example configuration of curve points Point Current I Ipick up Operation delay 1 1 00 10 00 s 2 00 6 50 s 3 5 00 4 00 s 4 10 00 3 00 s 5 20 00 2 00 s 6 40 00 1 00 s 7 1 00 0 00 s 8 1 00 0 00 s 9 1 00 0 00 s 10 1 00 0 00 s 11 1 00 0 00 s 12 1 00 0 00 s 13 1 00 0 00 s 14 1 00 0 00 s 15 1 00 0 00 s 16 1 00 0 00 s Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time settin
237. nit Description Set NAMES for VIRTUAL INPUTS editable with VAMPSET only Label String of Short name for VIs on the Set max 10 local display characters Default is VIn n 1 4 Description String of Long name for VIs Set max 32 Default is characters Virtual input n n 1 4 Set An editable parameter password needed The six virtual outputs do act like output relay s but there are no physical contacts Virtual outputs are shown in the output matrix and the block matrix Virtual outputs can be used with the user s programmable logic and to change the active setting group etc ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 205 5 4 Output matrix 5 Control functions Technical description 5 4 Output matrix By means of the output matrix the output signals of the various protection stages digital inputs logic outputs and other internal signals can be connected to the output relays front panel indicators virtual outputs etc There are two LED indicators named Alarm and Trip on the front panel Furthermore there are three general purpose LED indicators A B and C available for customer specific indications In addition the triggering of the disturbance recorder DR and virtual outputs are configurable in the output matrix See an example in Figure 5 4 1 An output relay or indicator LED can be configured as latched or non latched A non
238. njected to the device s inputs is 7 A Per unit current is Iru 7 5 1 4 pu 140 Example 2 Per unit to secondary for feeder mode and ArcI gt CT 750 5 The device setting is 2 pu 200 Secondary current is Isec 2x5 10 A Example 3 Secondary to per unit for residual current Input is Io1 CTo 50 1 Current injected to the device s input is 30 mA Per unit current is Ipu 0 03 1 0 03 pu 3 Example 4 Per unit to secondary for residual current Input is Toi CTo 50 1 The device setting is 0 03 pu 3 Secondary current is Isec 0 08x1 30 mA ee JAN im 198 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling Example 5 Secondary to per unit for residual current Input is Tocaic CT 750 5 Currents injected to the device s IL input is 0 5 A h In3 0 Per unit current is Ipu 0 5 5 0 1 pu 10 Example 6 Per unit to secondary for residual current Input is Tocalc CT 750 5 The device setting is 0 1 pu 10 gt If Itz Irs 0 then secondary current to Iz is Igsec 0 1x5 0 5 A 4 11 2 Voltage scaling Primary secondary scaling of line to line voltages secondary gt primary U PRI J3 U SEC VF primary gt secondary U SEC 7 B d Example 1 Secondary to primary VT 12000 110 Three phase symmetric voltages connected t
239. nnections MOVE 9DP 6S7dNWA Ees n Esn zs N es S I ES T ES T ZS T as n agn agn asy a 18 I A K 1s I S 1s I 1s I SINI MITI OJON OO LX JOU o o o olo n alo S z O O O JO SINIT OJON OO ILON B x RO Figure 8 1 1 Connection on the rear panel of the VAMP 259 4C6 M VAP ia 249 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view MOVE LOv 6S7dNWA syn E N s 0 s a 88 I Es I 6s T ES T tol lal VM259 ENOO7 ag n asn agn aga 18 I 18 I 1s I Is I JA XS
240. nverse delay types have their origin in old ASEA nowadays ABB earth fault relays The operation delay of types RI and RXIDG depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 24 1 4 and Equation 2 24 1 5 Actually these equations can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault Modified versions are implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 24 1 4 RI k 0 236 I pickup 0 339 ri Equation 2 24 1 5 RXIDG tome 5 8 1 35In pickup t Operation delay in seconds k User s multiplier I Measured value Ipickup User s pick up setting ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 14 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Example for Delay type RI k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2 pu 0 5 __ 23 0 339 0 236 2 2 The operation time in this example will be 2 3 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 24 1 15 Example for Delay type RXIDG k 0 50 I 4pu Licks 2 pu tng 5 8 1 35In 5239 The operation time in this example will be 3 9 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 24 1 16
241. o the device s inputs Ua Ub and Uc are 57 7 V gt Primary voltage is Upri V3x58x12000 110 10902 V Example 2 Primary to secondary VT 12000 110 The device displays Uniz Ur23 Ur3 10910 V gt Symmetric secondary voltages at Ua Up and U are Usrc 10910 V3x110 12000 57 7 V4 en JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 199 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit 4 Measurement functions Technical description scaling Per unit pu scaling of line to line voltages One per unit 1 pu 1xUn 100 where Un rated voltage of the VT secondary gt per U a3 U src VT prr unit PU U SEC N per unit gt U U VE sec Un d SEC PU secondary B VT prr Example 1 Secondary to per unit VT 12000 110 Three symmetric phase to neutral voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua U and U are 63 5 V gt Per unit voltage is Upu V3x63 5 110x12000 11000 1 00 pu 1 00xUn 100 Example 2 Per unit to secondary VT 12000 110 Un 11000 V The device displays 1 00 pu 100 gt Three symmetric phase to neutral voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua Up and U are Usec 1 00x110 V 3x11000 12000 58 2 V Per unit pu scaling of zero sequence voltage U secondary gt U py 1 Ua Ub U e per unit OSEC PU VT B Et per unit gt U ge U pe U isre U Us U 43 U py VI oec secondary SEC Example
242. oltage of the faulty phase will drop and the voltage of the two other phases will increase almost to the amplitude of line to line voltage Due the raise of phase earth voltage on the healthy phases in the entire system double earth faults may result The result is similar to two phase short circuit however the short circuit is here from one earth fault location to the other via earth The second fault may be at any other position in the galvanic connected system depending on where the weakest point in the insulation is ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 59 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description The protection strategy usually applied for double earth faults is aimed at isolating one of the fault locations with the expectation that the second fault location will then extinguish on its own similar to a single phase earth fault or will be tripped by a hand after successful earth fault searching DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS DISTANCE COMMON SETTINGS Line angle 90 s Load setting R 6 00 ohm LoadAngle 30 s Primary scaled load resistance 4 09 ohm Earth factor 0 00 Earth factor angle 10 g Hetwork grounding Co EARTH FAULT PHASE PRIORITIZATION EARTH FAULT PHASE PRIORITIZATION E Phase priority Phase undervoltage limit E 90 Un Phase overvoltage limit F Residual overvoltage limit 30 Residual overcurrent limit 0 500 pu Comparison condit
243. oltages in the network area is dropped below the set Phase under voltage limit limit and two other voltages are increasing above the set Phase over voltage limit limit This phase has to last least 100ms When second fault appears another voltage has to drop at least 10 below the healthy phase Also set amount of zero sequence voltage has to be exceeded same applies to residual current if triggering condition U0_I0 is selected Selected relay sees the fault 1 L1 G inside the zone Zle lt If phase priority is selected as 1 gt 2 gt 3 this relay would trip and the same would do to the relay opposite the protected line ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 6l 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 Protection functions Technical description Fault L2 G inside zone Zle lt FAULT 1 FAULT 2 hal i VOLTAGES LEAST 100ms Fault is noticed since one of the voltages in the network area is dropped below the set Phase under voltage limit limit and two other voltages are increasing above the set Phase over voltage limit limit This phase has to last least 100ms When second fault appears another voltage has to drop at least 10 below the healthy phase Also set amount of zero sequence voltage has to be exceeded same applies to residual current if triggering condition U0_I0 is selected Selected relay sees the fault 2 L2 G inside the zone Zle lt
244. onfigured set of data parameters continuously to the Profibus DP master The benefit of this mode is the speed and easy access to the data in the Profibus master The drawback is the maximum buffer size of 128 bytes which limits the number of data items transferred to the master Some PLCs have their own limitation for the Profibus buffer size which may further limit the number of transferred data items Device profile Request mode Using the request mode it is possible to read all the available data from the VAMP device and still use only a very short buffer for Profibus data transfer The drawback is the slower overall speed of the data transfer and the need of increased data processing at the Profibus master as every data item must be separately requested by the master NOTE In request more it is not possible to read continuously only one single data item At least two data items must be read in turn to get updated data from the device There is a separate manual for VPA 3CG with the code VMVPA ENXX available for the continuous mode and request mode ee JAN im 226 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols Available data VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for both modes A separate document Profibus Parameters pdf is also available The Profibus DP communication is activated usually for remote port via a menu
245. ons such as autoreclosing synchrocheck arc option trip circuit supervision and circuit breaker monitoring and also communication protocols for various communication solutions including native IEC 61850 i 400kV 200kV transmission network Beers control 400 110kV Power transformer station Zs Remote control a interface IEC 61850 Jal g n p 110kV Cable 3 ling Sag i a 110k 20kV 110k 20kV Wind Power substation substation Park Figure 1 1 Applications of the line protection device VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 45 1 1 Main features 1 Introduction Technical description 1 1 Main features e Fully digital signal handling with a powerful 16 bit microprocessor and high measuring accuracy on all the setting ranges due to an accurate 16 bit A D conversion technique e Wide setting ranges for the protection functions e Integrated fault location for short circuit faults e The device can be matched to the requirements of the application by disabling the functions that are not needed e Flexible control and blocking possibilities due to digital signal control inputs DI and outputs DO e Easy adaptability of the device to various substations and alarm systems due to flexible signal grouping matrix in the device e Possibility to control six objects e g circuit breakers disconnectors e Status of eight objects e g c
246. ost applications Using the other digital inputs in the same group as the lower DI in the Figure 7 4 3 1 is limited because the whole group will be tied to the auxiliary voltage Vaux Note In many applications the optimum digital inputs for trip circuit supervision are the optional inputs DI19 and DI20 because they don t share their terminals with any other digital inputs ee JAN ia 246 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 7 Applications 7 4 Trip circuit supervision V aux 48 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay Trip relay Ah Alarm relay INE circuit failure TIP Circuli failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control TCS2Diclosed Figure 7 4 3 1 Trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs The CB is closed The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double lined The digital input is in active state when the trip circuit is complete This is applicable tor dry inputs DI7 D20 only V ux 48 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay i Trip relay Ah Alarm relay for trip NI J circuit failure Trip circuit failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control TCS2Dlopen Figure 7 4 3 2 Trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs The CB is in the open position The two digital inputs are now in series ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 24
247. otection lOc p gt 67N 2 10 Directional earth fault protection lop gt 6 7N The directional earth fault protection is used for earth faults in networks where a selective and sensitive earth fault protection is needed and in applications with varying network structure and length The device consists of versatile protection functions for earth fault protection in various network types The function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the residual current and zero sequence voltage and the phase angle between them The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB Whenever the size of Io and Uo and the phase angle between Io and Uo fulfils the pick up criteria the stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Polarization The negative zero sequence voltage Uo is used for polarization i e the angle reference for Io This Uo voltage is calculated from the phase voltages internally Since residual voltage is calculated from the phase voltages therefore any separate zero sequence voltage transformers are not needed The setting values are relative to the configured voltage transformer VT voltage V3 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 85 2 10 Directional earth fault protection 2 Protection functions Technical description lOc p gt 67N Modes for diffe
248. p is not controlled by any digital input This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Configurator e Force Off The status forcing and output relay forcing is disabled This force flag status can be set to On or back to Off if the operating level is at least Configurator If no front panel button is pressed within five minutes and there is no VAMPSET communication the force flag will be set to Off position The forcing is explained in chapter 2 3 4 ee JAR ie 16 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENOO7 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Second menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage second menu AV lt gt I gt gt SET 50 51 Stage setting group 1 ExDI ILmax 403A ExDO Status Prot I gt gt 1013A gt gt 2 50xiIn t gt gt 0 60s Figure 2 2 2 2 Second menu next on the right of I gt gt 50 51 stage This is the main setting menu The content is Stage setting group 1 These are the group 1 setting values The other setting group can be seen by pressing push buttons ENTER and then RIGHT or LEFT Setting groups are explained in chapter 2 2 3 ILmax 403A The maximum of the three measured phase currents is at the moment 403 A This is the value the stage is supervising Status Status of the stage This is just a copy of the status value in the first menu I gt gt 1013 A The pick up limit is 1013 A in primary valu
249. pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation delay setting a trip signal is issued Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable overcurrent stages I gt I gt gt and I gt gt gt The first stage I gt can be configured for definite time DT or inverse time operation characteristic IDMT The stages gt gt and gt gt gt have definite time operation characteristic By using the definite delay type and setting the delay to its minimum an instantaneous ANSI 50 operation is obtained Figure 2 6 1 shows a functional block diagram of the I gt overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation time Figure 2 6 2 shows a functional block diagram of the I gt gt and I gt gt gt overcurrent stages with definite time operation delay Inverse operation time Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for the I gt stage The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 24 The device will show the currently used inverse delay curve graph on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See c
250. port phone 358 0 20 753 3264 219 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set rear panel local port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SpaBus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DB slave ModbussSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternalIO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of actual 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits Default P parity none even odd 38400 8N1 for S number of stop bits VAMPSET VAMPSET communication Direct or SPA bus embedded command line interface Tx bytes size Unsent bytes in transmitter buffer size of the buffer Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Errors since the device Clr has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Set An editable parameter password needed
251. prima Iinom Isec Isec lonom lonom losec i losec loinp loinp lo2nom lo2nom D P Edit VALUE CHANGE Figure 2 4 1 1 Changing parameters m VAP ie 30 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259EN007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting 2 4 2 Setting range limits If the given parameter setting values are out of range values a fault message will be shown when the setting is confirmed with the ENTER key Adjust the setting to be within the allowed range illegal Edit VALUE CHANGE Illegal value Lim 0 10 5 00 Press CANCEL Figure 2 4 2 1 Example of a fault message The allowed setting range is shown in the display in the setting mode To view the range push the INFO key Push the CANCEL key to return to the setting mode infoset_I Info SET I gt Setting for stage I gt Type i32 dd Range 0 10 5 00 ENTER password CANCEL back to menu Figure 2 4 2 2 Allowed setting ranges show in the display ee JAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 31 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting 2 4 3 2 4 4 Disturbance recorder menu DR Via the submenus of the disturbance recorder menu the following functions and features can be read and set DISTURBANCE RECORDER Recording mode Mode Sample rate Rate Recording time Time
252. putS wn InputR or Modbus register type HoldingR 2 o i 2 1 9999 Modbus register for the measurement is 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device 0 1 Active state On Off Enabling for measurement M VAP im 268 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 6 External I O extension modules External digital outputs configuration VAMPSET only Ez Range Description Communication errors a No 1 9999 Modbus register for the measurement oO a g eje x 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device x UJ 0 1 Output state On Off Enabling for measurement m VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 269 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 Connections Technical description ee JAN im 270 wn s gt a gt Qo par p Ld lt wu External analog outputs configuration VAMPSET only HoldingR HoldingR VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Range Description Communication errors 32768 382767 Modbus value corresponding Linked Val Max 0 65535 Modbus value corresponding Linked Val Min InputR or HoldingR Modbus register type 1 9999 Modbus register for the output 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device Maximum li
253. r Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set extension port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SPA bus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DB slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 282 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of actual 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits Default P parity none even odd 38400 8N1 for S number of stop bits VAMPSET Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 223 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description 6 1 4 Ethernet port IEC61850 and Modbus TCP uses Ethernet communication Also VAMPSET SPA bus and DNP 3 0 communication can be directed via TCP IP Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Protoc
254. r Cumulative start counter Fit Maximum I2 Ii fault component EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping ee JAIN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 83 2 9 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 9 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 The undercurrent unit measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents The stage I lt can be configured for definite time characteristic Parameters of the undercurrent stage I lt 37 Parameter Value unit Description Measured ILmin A Min value of phase currents value It IL3 in primary value Setting I lt xIn Setting value as per times Imot values t lt S Operation time s Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Type 1 N 2 N Fault type single phase fault 3 N e g 1 N fault on phase 11 1 2 2 3 Fault type two phase fault 1 3 e g 2 3 fault between Lz and L3 1 2 3 Fault type three phase fault Flt Min value of fault current as per times Imot Load 1s mean value of pre fault currents ILi I13 EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operate time 100 tripping ee JAN im 84 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 10 Directional earth fault pr
255. ration delay in seconds k Users multiplier I Measured value Ipickup User s pick up setting A B Constants parameters according Table 2 24 1 1 There are three different delay types according IEC 60255 3 Normal inverse NI Extremely inverse EI Very inverse VI and a VI extension Additional there is a de facto standard Long time inverse LTD ee JAN im 134 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation Table 2 24 1 2 Constants for IEC inverse delay equation Parameter Delay type A NI Normal inverse 0 14 0 02 EI Extremely inverse 80 2 VI Very inverse 13 5 LTI Long time inverse 120 1 Example for Delay type Normal inverse NI k 0 50 I 4 pu constant current Ipickup 2pu A 0 14 B 0 02 0 50 0 14 50 0 02 G 2 The operation time in this example will be 5 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 24 1 1 a IEC NI i IEC EI 400 400 200 200 100 100 60 40 20 delay s delay s 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 08 0 06 0 1 0 08 0 05 k 0 S k 0 2 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 V Iset inverseDelayIEC_NI T Iset inverseDelayIEC_ET Figure 2 24 1 1 IEC normal inverse Figure 2 24 1 2 IEC extremely inverse delay delay ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 135 2 24 Inverse time operatio
256. rc fault protection 2 Protection functions Technical description 50ARC 50NARC optional Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault value load current before the fault and elapsed delay Recorded values of the arc protection stages Arcl gt ArcloiA Arclo2 gt SOARC 50NARC Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type pu Fault type value Only for ArcI gt stage Fit pu Fault value Load pu Pre fault current Only for ArcI gt stage Edly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip ee JAN im 130 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Inverse time operation 2 24 Inverse time operation The inverse time operation i e inverse delay minimum time IDMT type of operation is available for several protection functions The common principle formulae and graphic representations of the available inverse delay types are described in this chapter Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the measured real time process values during a fault For example with an overcurrent stage using inverse delay a bigger a fault current gives faster operation The alternative to inverse delay is definite delay With definite del
257. rectional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt gt gt 4 4th directional overcurrent 67 4 stage I lt 3 Undercurrent stage 37 4 12 gt 3 Current unbalance stage 46 4 T gt 3 Thermal overload stage 49 4 Io gt 5 1st earth fault stage 50N 51N 4 Io gt gt 3 2nd earth fault stage 50N 51N 4 lo gt gt gt 3 3rd earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 Io gt gt gt gt 3 4th earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 Iog gt 6 1st directional earth fault stage 67N 4 Iog gt gt 6 2nd directional earth fault stage 67N 4 U gt 4 1st overvoltage stage 59 4 U gt gt 3 2nd overvoltage stage 59 4 U gt gt gt 3 3rd overvoltage stage 59 4 U lt 4 1st undervoltage stage 27 4 U lt lt 3 2nd undervoltage stage 27 4 U lt lt lt 3 3rd undervoltage stage 27 4 Uo gt 3 1st residual overvoltage stage 59N 4 Uo gt gt 3 2nd residual overvoltage stage 59N 4 P lt 3 1st reverse and underpower 32 4 stage P lt lt 3 2nd reverse and underpower 32 4 stage f gt lt 4 1st over under frequency stage 81 4 f gt gt lt lt 4 2d over under frequency stage 81 4 f lt 4 1st underfrequency stage 81L 4 eee JAR ie 14 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus f lt lt 4 2nd underfrequency stage 81L 4 dfdt 3 Rate of
258. ree communication ports in the rear panel The availability depends on the communication options see chapter Ordering code in the technical description In addition there is a connector in the front panel overruling the local port in the rear panel REMOTE PORT Communication protocol for remote port X5 Protocol Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus The counters are useful when testing the communication LOCAL PORT This port is disabled if a cable is connected to the front panel connector e Communication protocol for the local port X4 Protocol For VAMPSET use None or SPABUS e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus For VAMPSET and protocol None the setting is done in menu CONF DEVICE SETUP PC LOCAL SPA BUS This is a second menu for local port X4 The VAMPSET communication status is showed e Bytes size of the transmitter buffer Tx e Me
259. rent network types The available modes are e ResCap This mode consists of two sub modes Res and Cap A digital signal can be used to dynamically switch between these two sub modes This feature can be used with compensated networks when the Petersen coil is temporarily switched off o Res The stage is sensitive to the resistive component of the selected Io signal This mode is used with compensated networks resonant grounding and networks earthed with a high resistance Compensation is usually done with a Petersen coil between the neutral point of the main transformer and earth In this context high resistance means that the fault current is limited to be less than the rated phase current The trip area is a half plane as drawn in Figure 2 10 2 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees o Cap The stage is sensitive to the capacitive component of the selected Io signal This mode is used with unearthed networks The trip area is a half plane as drawn in Figure 2 10 2 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees e Sector This mode is used with networks earthed with a small resistance In this context small means that a fault current may be more than the rated phase currents The trip area has a shape of a sector as drawn in Figure 2 10 3 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees or slightly on the lagging inductive side i e negative angle e Undir This mode makes the stage equal to the undirectional stage Io gt
260. ription String of Long name for DIs Set max 32 Default is characters Digital input n n 1 32 Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 203 5 2 Digital inputs 5 Control functions Technical description Summary of digital inputs DI Terminal Operating voltage Availability e X3 1 48VDC supply for DI1 6 1 X3 2 2 X3 3 3 X3 4 i X35 Internal 48VDC 5 X3 6 6 X3 7 7 X71 8 X7 2 9 X7 3 External 18 265 VDC Al 10 X74 50 250 VAC ea available 11 X75 12 X76 gt X77 Common for DI7 12 13 X7 8 14 X7 9 15 X7 10 External 18 265 VDC 16 X7 11 50 250 VAC 17 X7 12 18 X7 13 gt X7 14 Common for DI13 17 19 X6 1 2 External 18 265 VDC 20 X6 3 4 50 250 VAC nn e RA I 21 X8 1 External 18 265 VDC 22 X8 2 50 250 VAC gt X8 3 Common for D21 22 23 X8 4 External 18 265 VDC 24 X8 5 50 250 VAC gt X8 6 Common for D23 24 is Additi 11 0 X 25 X8 7 External 18 265 VDC ene EOS 26 X8 8 50 250 VAC gt X8 9 Common for D25 26 27 X8 10 External 18 265 VDC 28 X811 50 250 VAC gt X8 12 Common for D27 28 29 X8 19 20 pa ean use f If T6 not in E 817 18 External 18 265 VDC a 31 X8 15 16 50 250 VA
261. rization values of the relay Figure 2 1 1 2 M VAP ie 6 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259EN007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 1 Front panel Figure 2 1 1 1 Sections of the LCD dot matrix display Freely configurable single line diagram Five controllable objects Six object statuses Bay identification Local Remote selection Auto reclose on off selection if applicable Se Se See Freely selectable measurement values max six values fed hd Alay AVG i EST Atwarh E GHIA ii Figure 2 1 1 2 Sections of the LCD dot matrix display Main menu column The heading of the active menu The cursor of the main menu Possible navigating directions push buttons Measured setting parameter S ore g o ea Measured set value Backlight control Display backlight can be switched on with a digital input virtual input or virtual output LOCALPANEL CONF Display backlight ctrl setting is used for selecting trigger input for backlight control When the selected input activates rising edge display backlight is set on for 60 minutes M VAP ie VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 7 2 1 Front panel 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 1 2 Menu navigation and pointers 1 Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in the main menu that is on the left hand side of the display The active main men
262. rol FUNCHONS sscacvodindintvelepervecscn exciedsodtetunttes 23 2 3 2 Measured AQTA iracar insna 24 2 3 3 Reading event register cccccsccccecesssssccnessecscsseees 27 2 3 4 Forced control POPC scissccuicesesensiessntyeceocendosdvetses 28 2 4 Configuration and parameter Setting eseereeese 29 2 4 1 Parameter setting seesesseesessssessrerrrssssssreerreeesesses 30 2 4 2 Setting range limits esseesensosessessseserssssssesereeersesses 31 2 4 3 Disturoance recorder menu DR ccccccccccsseees 32 2 4 4 Configuring digital inputs D hi viscoccrecsiarnedrvercestoreses 32 2 4 5 Configuring digital outputs DO ou ceceesteeeees 33 2 4 6 Protection Menu PION eeeessessessssessresrresssssererrrersessee 33 2 4 7 Configuration menu CONF sscscecvwcssacsvicavccavnnncaezes 34 2 4 8 Protocol Menu BUS sssssessssssssssereessssressssrreessssress 36 2 4 9 Single line diagram editing ccsssseenessececeseees 39 2 4 10 Blocking and interlocking Configuration 39 3 VAMPSET PC software eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 40 m VAP ie VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 3 1 1 Relay features 1 General Operation and configuration l General This first part Operation and configuration of the publication contains general descriptions of the functions as well as operation instructions It also includes instructions for parameterization and conf
263. ront panel is always using this setting If SPABUS is selected for the rear panel local port X4 the bit rate is according SPABUS settings e Access level Acc LANGUAGE e List of available languages in the relay CURRENT SCALING e Rated phase CT primary current Inom e Rated phase CT secondary current Isec e Rated input of the relay Iinput 5 A or 1 A This is specified in the order code of the device e Rated value of Io CT primary current Ionom e Rated value of Io CT secondary current Iosec e Rated Io input of the relay Ioinp 5 A 1 A or 0 2 A This is specified in the order code of the device The rated input values are usually equal to the rated secondary value of the CT The rated CT secondary may be greater than the rated input but the continuous current must be less than four times the rated input In compensated high impedance earthed and isolated networks using cable transformer to measure residual current Io it is quite usual to use a relay with 1 A or 0 2 A input although the CT is 5 A or 1A This increases the measurement accuracy The rated CT secondary may also be less than the rated input but the measurement accuracy near zero current will decrease MOTOR CURRENTS e Rated current of the motor VOLTAGE SCALING Rated VT primary voltage Uprim Rated VT secondary voltage Usec Rated Uo VT secondary voltage Uosec Voltage measuring mode Umode ee JAR ia 34 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20
264. rops below the given limit The idea is to avoid purposeless tripping when voltage is switched off If the operating time is less than 0 08 s the blocking level setting should not be less than 15 to the blocking action to be enough fast The self blocking can be disabled by setting the low voltage block limit equal to zero ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 105 2 15 Undervoliage protection U lt 27 2 Protection functions Technical description Figure shows an example of low voltage self blocking A The maximum of the three line to line voltages ULLmax is below the block limit This is not regarded as an under voltage situation ee The voltage ULLmin is above the block limit but below the pick up level This is an undervoltage situation Voltage is OK because it is above the pick up limit This is an under voltage situation Voltage is OK This is an under voltage situation Q Haga The voltage ULLmin is under block limit and this is not regarded as an under voltage situation This is an under voltage situation Voltage is OK Same as G Voltage is OK AST n Uitm max U Uz3 U31 UunderSelfBlocking dead band eee ans Peery fore fee prone U lt setting block limit time U lt under voltage state Figure 2 15 1 Under voltage state and block limit Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable stages U l
265. rrent due to tamb Figure 2 13 1 Imode The rated current In or Imot C Cooling time coefficient cooling time constant Cx ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 99 2 13 Thermal overload protection T gt 2 Protection functions Technical description 49 Heat capacitance service factor and ambient temperature The trip level is determined by the maximum allowed continuous current Imax corresponding to the 100 temperature rise Orpip i e the heat capacitance of the cable Imax depends of the given service factor k and ambient temperature amp and settings Imax40 and Imax70 according the following equation Line k ke 1 The value of ambient temperature compensation factor kO depends on the ambient temperature Oamp and settings Imax4o and Imax70 See Figure 2 13 1 Ambient temperature is not in use when k 1 This is true when e Tmax4d is 1 0 e Samb is n a no ambient temperature sensor e TAMB is 40 C k A AmbientTemperatureCompensation 1 2 1 0 0 8 0 6 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 C Figure 2 13 1 Ambient temperature correction of the overload stage T gt Example of a behaviour of the thermal model Figure 2 13 2 shows an example of the thermal model behaviour In this example t 30 minutes k 1 06 and kO 1 and the current has been zero for a long time and thus the initial temperature rise
266. rt phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Terminal X2 fat No Symbol Description 1 O 1 A5 Alarm relay 5 2 2 A5 Alarm relay 5 3 3 A4 Alarm relay 4 4 4 A4 Alarm relay 4 5 5 A3 Alarm relay 3 6 6 A3 Alarm relay 3 7 7 A2 Alarm relay 2 8 A2 Alarm relay 2 a 9 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 1011 10 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector l 11 IFNO Internal fault relay normal open connector Terminal X3 7 No Symbol Description lal 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 2 DI1 Digital input 1 3 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 8 E 9 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 10 A1 NO Alarm relay 1 normal open connector 11 11 AINC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 14 T1 Trip relay 1 15 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 16 17 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 253 8 1
267. s after the last front panel push button pressing M VAP im 74 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 6 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note ILmax A The supervised value Max of Thu Irz and Irs I gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value I gt xIn Pick up setting Set Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 24 IEEE Set IEEE2 Pre 1996 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 24 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 24 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Parameters of the overcurrent stages I gt gt I gt gt gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set ee JAIN im
268. s are still closed and the CB is already open the resistor has to withstand much higher power Equation 7 4 2 3 for this short time ee JAN im 242 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 7 Applications 7 4 Trip circuit supervision Equation 7 4 2 3 2 pa Ux R P 12142 22000 0 67 W A 0 5 W resistor will be enough for this short time peak power too However if the trip relay is closed for longer time than a few seconds a 1 W resistor should be used Using any of the non dry digital inputs DI1 DI6 In this scheme an auxiliary relay is needed to connect the wet digital input to the trip circuit Figure 7 4 2 5 The rated coil voltage of the auxiliary relay is selected according the rated auxiliary voltage used in the trip circuit The operating voltage range of the relay should be as wide as possible to cover the tolerance of the auxiliary voltage In this application using the other wet inputs for other purposes is not limited unlike when using the dry inputs Vqux 110 Vde Alarm relay for trip NI Trip circuit circuit failure Failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control Relay K1 Phoenix Contact EMG 17 REL KSR 120 21 21 LC Au Coil 96 127 V 20 kQ Width 17 5 mm Assembly EN 50022 mounting rail ae eee eee ee ee eee ed TCS1Di closed Figure 7 4 2 5 Trip circuit supervision using one of the VAMP 200 series in
269. s high speed clearing for faults occurring at any point on a transmission line The line differential protection unit uses voltage measurements to calculate the resistive part of each of the three phase currents The dedicated communication channel called pilot channel is used between two relays to exchange information on resistive phase currents and to determine whether the fault is internal or external to the protected line In each piloting relay the difference between the corresponding resistive phase currents from this unit and from the remote unit is computed and compared against the configured threshold In case any of the phases shows the difference in resistive currents greater than the threshold the relay trips after the configurable operation time The measurement and transmission operations in the two piloting relays are not synchronized Therefore the communication speed on the pilot channel should be high enough to minimize the impact of fault detection delay asymmetry The default communication speed is 38400 bps Using the lower speed may result in longer minimum operation time of the relay Serial remote port of the relay is used by line differential protection The recommended solution for the pilot channel is the supervised fibre optic wiring With multimode fibre cables and VSExxx GG fibre optic modems the communication distance can be up to 1 km When using single mode fibre cables and third party modems the distance
270. s protected with line differential and distance functions Transfer trip is used for anti islanding of the DG pover plant 20kV substation Linedifferential Distance Pilot commands 20kV Overhead line VAMP 259 distributed generation feeder Distributed generation Figure 7 2 1 VAMP Line protection devices used in distributed generation feeder By using the transfer tripping command in the line managers distributed generation can be disconnected simultaneously when the feeder relay is about to initiate autoreclosing ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 237 7 3 Medium voltage ring network 7 Applications Technical description protection 7 3 Medium voltage ring network protection With distance and linedifferential protection relays the protected area of each relay can be set up specifically thus giving optimal solutions into ring network protection Also the power generation in the protected areas does not cause troubles in the protection scheme and the operating times of the set zones All of the fault situations can be cleared with minimum operating time 20kV substation z7 s7 Mokoa S uia S 20kV Overhead line E TS VAMP 259 ring net work feeders with distributed generation Figure 7 8 1 VAMP Line protection devices used in ring network feeders with distributed generation sale E Distributed generation Distributed generation By using
271. scription DI for obj open None any digital DI for obj close input virtual input DI for obj ready or virtual output Open information Close information Ready information Max ctrl pulse length Pulse length for open ees Cee and close commands Completion timeout 0 02 600 s Timeout of ready indication Object control Open Close Direct object control If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Max ctrl pulse length setting object fails and Object failure matrix signal is set Also undefined event is generated Completion timeout is only used for the ready indication If DI for obj ready is not set completion timeout has no meaning Output signals of controllable objects Each controllable object has 2 control signals in matrix Output signal Description Object x Open Open control signal for the object Object x Close Close control signal for the object These signals send control pulse when an object is controlled by digital input remote bus auto reclose etc Settings for read only objects Each read only object has the following settings Setting Value Description DI for obj open None any digital DI for obj close input virtual input or virtual output Open information Close information Object timeout 0 02 6
272. selection with parameter Protocol See chapter 6 1 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode Profile selection Set Cont Continuous mode Reqst Request mode bit s 2400 bps Communication speed from the main CPU to the Profibus converter The actual Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master and can be up to 12 Mbit s Emode Event numbering style Set Channel Use this for new installations Limit60 The other modes are for NoLimit compatibility with old systems InBuf bytes Size of Profibus master s 1 3 Rx buffer data to the master OutBuf bytes Size of Profibus master s 2 3 Tx buffer data from the master Addr 1 247 This address has to be Set unique within the Profibus network system Conv Converter type No converter recognized 4 VE Converter type VE is recognized Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset of a data item to be send to the master In request mode the size is 8 bytes 2 In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset of a data to be read from the master In request mode the size is 8 bytes 3 When configuring the Profibus master system the length of these buffers are needed The device calculates the lengths according the Profibus data and profile confi
273. sequence reactance per kilometre of the line X2 negative sequence reactance per kilometre of the line The algorithm functions in the following order 1 The needed measurements phase currents and voltages are continuously available 2 The fault distance calculation can be triggered in two ways by switching ON or OFF the secondary resistor that is by using a digital input or the calculation can be triggered if there is a change in earth fault or negative sequence current 3 The fault phase is identified by that the voltage of the faulted phase is decreased at least by half 4 The fault distance is calculated by dividing the change of the voltage by the change of the negative sequence current 5 Only the imaginary part is used so then the reactance is solved ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 183 3 16 Earth fault location 3 Supporting functions Technical description Setting parameters of earth fault location EFDi Parameter Value Unit Default Description EFMode Normal Reverse Normal Normal The resistor is switched ON during a fault Reverse The resistor is switched OFF during a fault TrigIn To 12 DI1 To Triggering input To earth fault current will trig the function 12 negative phase sequence current will trig the function DI1 the function is triggered by activating the digital input 1 UoTrig 1 80 Uon 20
274. ssage counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Same information as in the previous menu ee JAR ie 36 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting EXTENSION PORT e Communication protocol for extension port X4 Protocol e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus Ethernet port These parameters are used by the ethernet interface For changing the nnn nnn nnn nnn style parameter values VAMPSET is recommended Ethernet port protocol Protoc IP Port for protocol Port IP address IpAddr Net mask NetMsk Gateway Gatew Name server NameSwl Network time protocol NTP server NTPSvyrl TCP Keep alive interval KeepAlive MAC address MAC IP Port for Vampset VS Port Message counter Msg Error counter Errors Timeout counter Tout MODBUS e Modbus addres for this slave device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Modbus bit rate bit s Default is 9600
275. stage Start Light detected according ArcIn F Trip Light and overcurrent detected F LCntr Cumulative light indication C counter S1 S2 or BI SCntr Cumulative light indication C counter for the selected inputs according parameter ArcIn TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Value of the supervised signal ILmax Stage ArcI gt To Stage Arclo gt ArcI gt pu Pick up setting xIn Set Arclo gt pu Pick up setting xIon ArcIn No sensor selected Set S1 Sensor 1 at terminals X6 4 5 S2 Sensor 2 at terminals X6 6 7 S1 S2 Sensor in terminals 1 and 2 BI Terminals X6 1 3 for BI S1 BI Sensor 1 and BI in use S2 BI Sensor 2 and BI in use S1 S2 BI Sensor 1 2 and BI in use Delayed light signal output Ldly s Delay for delayed light output Set signal LdlyCn No sensor selected Set S1 Sensor 1 at terminals X6 4 5 S2 Sensor 2 at terminals X6 6 7 S1 S2 Sensor in terminals 1 and 2 BI Terminals X6 1 3 for BI S1 BI Sensor 1 and BI in use S2 BI Sensor 2 and BI in use S1 S2 BI Sensor 1 2 and BI in use For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 129 2 23 A
276. stages Uo gt Uo gt gt 59N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This isa common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Uo The supervised value relative to Un V3 Uo gt Uo gt gt Pick up value relative to Un V3 Set t gt t gt gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 97 2 12 Zero sequence voltage 2 Protection functions Technical description protection U0 gt 59N Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the residual overvoltage stages Uo gt Uo gt gt 59N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm
277. started The available registered min amp max values are listed in the following table Min amp Max measurement Description Ti Ine ILs Phase current fundamental frequency value InsRMS TuiRMS In2RMS Phase current rms value To Residual current Uni2 UL23 UL31 Line to line voltage Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Q S Active reactive apparent power Tiida Ineda In3da Demand values of phase currents rms value Tiida Ineda Inada Demand values of phase currents rms values PFda Power factor demand value The clearing parameter ClrMax is common for all these values Parameters Parameter Value Description Set ClrMax Reset all minimum and maximum S _ values Clear ee JAN im 190 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve months 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve months Some maximum and minimum values of the last 31 days and the last twelve months are stored in the non volatile memory of the device Corresponding time stamps are stored for the last 31 days The registered values are listed in the following table Measurement Max Min Description Ini Ine Irs X Phase current fundamental frequency value Io X Res
278. starting LV block 3 of the set value or 0 5 V operating time 1 or 30 ms Suitable frequency area for low voltage blocking is 45 65 Hz Low voltage blocking is checking the maximum of line to line voltages This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Rate of change of frequency ROCOF stage df dt gt 81R Pick up setting df dt 0 2 10 0 Hz s step 0 1 Hz s Definite time delay t gt and tmin gt are equal operating time t gt 0 14 10 00 s step 0 02 s Inverse time delay t gt is more than tmin gt minimum operating time tmin gt 0 14 10 00 s step 0 02 s Starting time Typically 140 ms Reset time t gt Inaccuracy starting 10 of set value or 0 1 Hz s operating time overshoot gt 0 2 Hz s 35 ms when area is 0 2 1 0 Hz s This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts NOTE ROCOF stage is using same low voltage blocking with frequency stages 9 3 5 Power protection Reverse power and under power stages P lt P lt lt 32 Pick up setting range 200 0 200 0 Pm Definite time function Operating time 0 3 300 0 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 500 ms Reset ratio 1 05 Inaccuracy Starti
279. t An editable parameter password needed The breaker curve table is edited with VAMPSET ee JAN im 164 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 9 Energy pulse outputs 3 9 Energy pulse outputs The device can be configured to send a pulse whenever certain amount of energy has been imported or exported The principle is presented in Figure 3 9 1 Each time the energy level reaches the pulse size an output relay is activated and it will stay active as long as defined by a pulse duration setting lt gt Configurable 100 ms 5 000 ms lt gt Configurable 10 10 000 kWh kvarh Figure 3 9 1 Principle of energy pulses The device has four energy pulse outputs The output channels are e Active exported energy e Reactive exported energy e Active imported energy e Reactive imported energy Each channel can be connected to any combination of the output relays using output matrix The parameters for the energy pulses can be found in the E menu under the submenus E PULSE SIZES and E PULSE DURATION Energy pulse output parameters Parameter Value Unit Description E PULSE E 10 10000 kWh Pulse size of active SIZES exported energy Eqt 10 10 000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive exported energy E 10 10000 kWh Pulse size of active imported energy Eq 10 10000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive importe
280. t U lt lt and U lt lt lt All these stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic ee JAN im 106 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 15 Undervoliage protection U lt 27 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for all stages Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Parameters of the under voltage stages U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt 27 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set Digital signal to select the Set SGrpDI active setting group None Dix Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout MinU V The supervised minimum of line to line voltages in primary volts U lt U lt lt V Pick up value scaled to U lt lt lt primary value U lt U lt lt Un_ Pick up setting Set U lt lt lt t lt t lt lt S Definite operation time Set t lt lt lt LVBIk Un_ Low limit for self block
281. t functions Technical description 4 8 Power calculation The equations used for power calculations are described in this chapter Following equation is used for power calculation S U 2 a U dia U 3 leas where Three phase power phasor S U Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase 11 Complex conjugate of the measured phase 1 fundamental frequency current phasor U Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase tz Ij Complex conjugate of the measured phase 12 fundamental frequency current phasor U Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase ts I Complex conjugate of the measured phase 13 fundamental frequency current phasor Apparent power active power and reactive power are calculated as follows s s P real S Q imag S cos S M VAP im 192 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 9 Direction of power and current 4 9 Direction of power and current Figure 4 9 1 shows the concept of three phase current direction and sign of cose and power factor PF Figure 4 9 2 shows the same concepts but on a PQ power plane 90 ind Reverse inductive power current is leading cos PF cap Forward capacitive power current is leading cap Reverse capacitive power c
282. t gt 0 02 600 0 s 0 10 Operation delay CT on On Off On CT supervisor on event CT off On Off On CT supervisor off event Measured and recorded values of CT supervisor CTSV Parameter Value Unit Description Measured ILmax A Maximum of phase value currents ILmin A Minimum of phase currents Display Imax gt A Setting values as primary Imin lt values Recorded Date Date of CT supervision Values alarm Time Time of CT supervision alarm Imax A Maximum phase current Imin A Minimum phase current m VAP im 158 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 7 Voltage transformer supervision 3 7 Voltage transformer supervision The device supervises the VTs and VT wiring between the device terminals and the VTs If there is a fuse in the voltage transformer circuitry the blown fuse prevents or distorts the voltage measurement Therefore an alarm should be issued Furthermore in some applications protection functions using voltage signals should be blocked to avoid false tripping The VT supervisor function measures the three phase voltages and currents The negative sequence voltage U2 and the negative sequence currentl2 are calculated If Uz exceed the U gt setting and at the same time Iz is less than the Ie lt setting the function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has
283. t phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 16 Earth fault location 3 16 Earth fault location The device includes a sophisticated stand alone earth fault location algorithm The algorithm can locate an earth fault accurately in radically operated compensated earthed networks The function can locate a fault only if the fault resistance is low say less than 50 ohms The fault location is given in reactance value This value can then be exported for example with event to a DMS Distribution Management System The system can then localize the fault and display it on a map The fault location must be used in the incoming bay of the substation Therefore the fault location is obtained for the whole network with just one device This is very cost effective upgrade of an existing system Please note also that the earth fault location function requires a change during an earth fault This change is done by switching the secondary resistor of the compensation coil on or off The fault should be allowed to be on at least 200 ms of which 100 ms without the resistor The resistor change can be done by using the logic functionality of the device The reactance value is converted to distance in the DMS The following formula is used 3 X s Where Xo X X s distance in km X reactance calculated by the device Xo zero sequence reactance per kilometre of the line X1 positive
284. t_matix Output relays Operation LJLJLJLJLJLJLJL indicators Digital Inputs Epu EHEHEHEH Block matrix A Relay matrix Reset all latches Figure 5 5 1 Blocking matrix and output matrix 5 6 Controllable objects The device allows controlling of six objects that is circuit breakers disconnectors and earthing switches Controlling can be done by select execute or direct control principle The logic functions can be used to configure interlocking for a safe controlling before the output pulse is issued The objects 1 6 are controllable while the objects 7 8 are only able to show the status Controlling is possible by the following ways o through the local HMI o through a remote communication o through a digital input The connection of an object to specific output relays is done via an output matrix object 1 6 open output object 1 6 close output There is also an output signal Object failed which is activated if the control of an object fails ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 207 5 6 Controllable objects 5 Control functions Technical description Object states Each object has the following states Setting Value Description Undefined 00 Open Actual state of the Object state Close object Undefined 11 Basic settings for controllable objects Each controllable object has the following settings Setting Value De
285. tation to a local or remote mode The selection of the L R digital input is done in the Objects menu of the VAMPSET software NOTE A password is not required for a remote control operation ee JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 209 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description wy Auto reclose function 79 The auto reclose AR matrix in the following Figure 5 7 1 describes the start and trip signals forwarded to the auto reclose function AR matrix Ready Start delay g Dead time Q Discrimination Reclaim time yyy Walt for 5 8 f i y 7 AR request 9 i g i z7 z0 Critical 0 3008 0 300 D Shot1 AR1 In use F EF 5 3 AR2 pe in use 0 300 s 0 300 s 0 300 s 0 300 s amp 3 fi i i i i i i i oo na Se 2 eS Qa DQ i i i i i 2 M Not in use 0 300 s 0 300 s 2 i i m Inuse i i 7 gt Shot2 3a s gags DTO Sags TTA EFE 2368 2355 RE 28 agag S3a ERA 52S8 vy vss 23 Fg p z pi e e e e e Shot 3 5 e e e e e e e e Figure 5 7 1 Auto reclose matrix The AR matrix above defines which signals the start and trip signals from protection stages or digital input are forwarded to the auto reclose function In the AR function the AR signals can be configured to initiate the reclose sequence Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own enabled disabled flag If more than one AR signal activates
286. te rate Once a second The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz ee JAN im 186 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 2 RMS values 4 2 RMS values RMS currents The device calculates the RMS value of each phase current The minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and stored see chapter 4 5 2 2 2 Lans Jin L t t Ias RMS voltages The device calculates the RMS value of each voltage input The minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and stored see chapter 4 5 2 2 Ung WU a Ua tt U ps 2 ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 187 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic 4 Measurement functions Technical description Distortion THD 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion THD The device calculates the THDs as percentage of the base frequency for currents and voltages The device calculates the harmonics from the 2 to the 15t of phase currents and voltages The 17t harmonic component will also be shown partly in the value of the 15th harmonic component This is due to the nature of digital sampling The harmonic distortion is calculated using equation THD a where 1 h Fundamental value he 15 Harmonics Example h 100A hs 10A h7 3A h 8A rup 3 8 _ 13 04 100 For reference the RMS value is RMS 1002 102 32 8 1
287. ternally wetted digital input DI1 DI6 and auxiliary relay K1 and an external resistor R The circuit breaker is in the closed position The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double lined The digital input is in active state when the trip circuit is complete ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 243 7 4 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS 1 0 HC 05s Off Off On 0 Figure 7 4 2 6 An example of digital input DII configuration for trip circuit supervision with one wet digital input OUTPUT MATRIX 1 R B T4 M A connected connected and latched Dn Figure 7 4 2 7 An example of output matrix configuration for trip circuit supervision with one wet digital input Example of dimensioning the external resistor R Uaux 110 Vde 5 10 Auxiliary voltage with tolerance Short time voltage dips more than 5 are not critical from the trip circuit supervision point of view Relay type for the K1 auxiliary relay Phoenix Contact 2941455 EMG 17 REL KSR 120 21 21 LC Au Uri 120 Vac de 20 10 Coil voltage of the auxiliary relay K1 Tk1 6mA Nominal coil current of the auxiliary relay K1 PcBeoil 50 W Rated power of the open coil of the circuit breaker Umin Uaux 5 104 5 V Umax Uauxt 10 121V Ukimin Uxi 10 96V Rk co Uxi Iki 20 KQ Tkimin UkK min Rk coil 4 8 mA Ikimax Ukimax Rxicoil
288. ters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Runh 0 876000 h Total active time hours Set Note The label text Runh can be edited with VAMPSET Runs 0 3599 s Total active time seconds Set Starts 0 65535 Activation counter Set Status Stop Current status of the selected Run digital signal DI Select the supervised signal Set None DI1 DI32 Physical inputs VIL VI4 Virtual inputs LedAl Output matrix out signal Al LedTr Output matrix out signal Tr LedA Output matrix out signal LA LedB Output matrix out signal LB LedC Output matrix out signal LC LedDR Output matrix out signal DR VO1 VO6 Virtual outputs Started at Date and time of the last activation Stopped at Date and time of the last inactivation Set An editable parameter password needed Set An informative value which can be edited as well ee JAN ia 172 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 12 Timers 3 12 Timers The VAMP protection platform includes four settable timers that can be used together with the user s programmable logic or to control setting groups and other applications that require actions based on calendar time Each timer has its own settings The selected on time and off time is set and then the activation of the timer can be set to be as daily or according the day of week See the setting parameters for
289. the VAMPSET setting tool and downloaded to the device Functions available are AND OR XOR NOT COUNTERs RS amp D flip flops Maximum number of outputs is 20 Maximum number of input gates is 31 An input gate can include any number of inputs For detailed information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 217 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description 6 6 1 Communication Communication ports The device has three communication ports as standard A fourth port Ethernet is available as an option When this option is chosen it will take over communication option 2 slot There can be up to three communication ports in the rear panel The front panel RS 232 port will shut off the local port on the rear panel when a VX008 cable is inserted See Figure 6 1 1 and chapter 8 COMMUNICATION PORTS LOCAL EXTENSION REMOTE ETHERNET PORT PORT PORT PORT Communication option 1 panel in use Communication option 2 X10 Ethernet x 4 Siy FRONT PANEL Figure 6 1 1 Communication ports and connectors The type of connectors X9 or X10 depends on the type of the communication option see chapter 8 M VAP im 218 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 EN007 Technical description 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports 6 1 1 Local port The loc
290. tion and zone 5 is non directional Parameters of the distance protection stage 21N Parameter Value Unit Default Description X 0 05 250 00 ohm 0 80 X setting R 0 05 250 00 ohm 0 80 R setting MODE Reverse Forw Forward Direction mode ard Undirectional t lt 0 04 300 00 s Operation delay LOAD No Yes Yes Load block in use BLOCK To min Io IoCale To Io input in use for input minimum Io current To min 0 005 8 000 pu 0 050 Minimum Io current for 20 000 for trip IoCale Common parameters for all zones LoadAngle 10 40 j 40 Load angle B LoadR 0 05 250 00 ohm 1 00 Load resistance Common parameters for all earth fault zones ko 0 00 10 00 0 00 Earth factor ko 60 60 10 Earth factor angle ee JAN im 58 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Distance protection Z lt 2 4 3 X R and Load resistance settings are secondary impedances Primary values of settings are displayed in VAMPSET and display Teleprotection signals Signalling between two distance protection relays teleprotection can be implemented using the normal DI and DO signals of the relay An external signal transfer system is needed to transfer signals from one relay to another The signal transfer system has to have an internal signal supervision and fault indication The DO ou
291. tion ports general output UART_OUT clock sync general input Sync in and OPTx_ID for module detection M VAP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 257 8 3 Serial communication connection 8 Connections Technical description 4 gt 31 MM Figure 8 3 3 Communication module with a height of 31mm External connector signal levels depend on the type of the a module 18mm a connector al Internal 14 pin connector RS 232 signal levels for REMOTE LOCAL and EXTENSION ports 18mm Figure 8 3 4 Communication module with a height of 18mm The device has a 31mm high slot for Communication option 1 and 18mm high slot for Communication option 2 The option modules are either 31mm or 18mm high the 18mm modules can be used either in the 31mm or 18mm slot ee JAN im 258 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 8 Connections 8 3 Serial communication connection 8 3 1 Pin assignments of communication options The communication module types and their pin assignments are introduced in the following table Optional inbuilt Ethernet 61850 interfaces for software version 10 0 onwards Type Communication Signal Connector Pin usage ports levels Ethernet TCP port Ethernet RJ 45 connector 1 Transmit 4 noonnnn 2 Transmit 1 8 3 Receive 4
292. tiplications and additions which are required to filter out the measuring quantities remains reasonable By using synchronized sampling of the measured signal voltage or current and a sample rate according to the 2 series the FFT technique leads to a solution which can be realized with just a 16 bit micro controller without using a separate DSP Digital Signal Processor The synchronized sampling means an even number of 22 samples per period e g 32 samples per a period This means that the frequency must be measured and the number of the samples per period must be controlled accordingly so that the number of the samples per period remains constant if the frequency changes Therefore secondary testing of a brand new device should be started with voltage protection functions and voltage injection to let the relay learn the local frequency However if this is not possible then the frequency must be parameterised to the device Apart from the FFT calculations some protection functions also require the symmetrical components to be calculated for obtaining the positive negative and zero phase sequence components of the measured quantity For example the function of the unbalanced load protection stage is based on the use of the negative phase sequence component of the current Figure 1 2 1 shows a principle block diagram of a numerical device The main components are the energizing inputs digital input elements output relays A D
293. tput signals can be activated by protection zone s start or trip signals or by the programmable logic functions The DI input can be used to block protection zone s or it can be used as input into the programmable logic of the device Different type of permissive tripping conditions such as permissive under reach PUTT permissive over reach POTT acceleration or blocking conditions can thus be implemented The relay s object control can be used to trip the breaker via the DI for remote open ctr or DI for local open ctr input of the object Outputs of the relay programmable logic can be connected to DI for remote open crt or DI for local open ctr inputs via the internal Virtual output signals Double earth fault Vamp 259 line manager is equipped with DEF Cross country fault functionality which operates together with distance protection 21 DEF is planned to operate in compensated and isolated meshed network The single phase to earth fault in this case does not correspond to a short circuit cause only a small capacitive or compensated earth current flows In mentioned network types system can be operated with the fixed earth fault for several hours until the earth fault is located and removed by the isolation of the faulted feeder The distance protection must not operate during such single phase earth fault This can be ensured by using DEF algorithm When small impedance earth fault occur the v
294. trol 0 or 1 of the IF relay e The configuration of the output signals to the output relays The configuration of the operation indicators LED Alarm and Trip and application specific alarm leds A B and C that is the output relay matrix NOTE The amount of Trip and Alarm relays depends on the relay type and optional hardware 2 4 6 Protection menu Prot The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the Prot menu e Reset all the counters PROTECTION SET CIAII e Read the status of all the protection functions PROTECT STATUS 1 x e Enable and disable protection functions ENABLED STAGES 1 x e Define the interlockings using block matrix only with VAMPSET Each stage of the protection functions can be disabled or enabled individually in the Prot menu When a stage is enabled it will be in operation immediately without a need to reset the relay The relay includes several protection functions However the processor capacity limits the number of protection functions that can be active at the same time ee SAR ie VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 33 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting 2 4 7 Configuration menu CONF The following functions and features can be read and set via the submenus of the configuration menu DEVICE SETUP e Bit rate for the command line interface in ports X4 and the front panel The f
295. u option is indicated with a cursor The options in the main menu items are abbreviations e g Evnt events After any selection the arrow symbols in the upper left corner of the display show the possible navigating directions applicable navigation keys in the menu The name of the active submenu and a possible ANSI code of the selected function are shown in the upper part of the display e g CURRENTS Further each display holds the measured values and units of one or more quantities or parameters e g Ilmax 300A 2 1 3 Keypad You can navigate in the menu and set the required parameter values using the keypad and the guidance given in the display Furthermore the keypad is used to control objects and switches on the single line diagram display The keypad is composed of four arrow keys one cancel key one enter key and one info key nappain Figure 2 1 3 1 Keys on the keypad eS ee 5 Enter and confirmation key ENTER Cancel key CANCEL Up Down Increase Decrease arrow keys UP DOWN Keys for selecting submenus selecting a digit in a numerical value LEFT RIGHT Additional information key INFO NOTE The term which is used for the buttons in this manual is inside the brackets M VAP ie 8 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259EN007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 1 Front panel 2 1 4 Operation Indicators The relay is provided with eight LED in
296. uence voltage protection 49 T gt Thermal overload protection 59 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt Overvoltage protection 27 U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Undervoltage protection 32 P lt P lt lt Reverse and underpower protection 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt Overfrequency and underfrequency protection 81L f lt f lt lt Underfrequency protection 99 Prg1 8 Programmable stages M JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 49 2 3 General features of protection 2 Protection functions Technical description stages 2 3 General features of protection stages Setting groups Most stages have two setting groups Changing between setting groups can be controlled manually or using any of the digital inputs virtual inputs virtual outputs or LED indicator signals By using virtual I O the active setting group can be controlled using the local panel mimic display any communication protocol or using the inbuilt programmable logic functions Forcing start or trip condition for testing The status of a protection stage can be one of the followings e Ok The stage is not detecting any fault e Blocked The stage is detecting a fault but blocked by some reason e Start The stage is counting the operation delay e Trip The stage has tripped and the fault is still on The blocking reason may be an active signal via the block matrix from other stages the programmable logic or any digital
297. ult type Number of faults Fault date 2011 01 20 Fault time hh mmi ss mss 11 16 44 600 Current before fault m A Fault current 2285 A Current after fault oA Algorithm condition OK l m H Reference current Trig limit current Current change to trig Line reactance unit 0 408 ohm Unit km km Trigger mode di Event enabling ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 181 3 15 Short circuit fault location 3 Supporting functions Technical description Below is presented an application example where the fault location algorithm is used at the feeder side Notice following things while commissioning the relay Currents SSS SS SS SS PRE FAULT TIME FAULT TIME WITH THE BREAKER POST FAULT MORE THAN 2 OPERATION TIME INCLUDED HAS TO ONLY FEW SECONDS TO BE 0 08 1 SECONDS CYCLES IN CASE THE DIGITAL INPUT IS USED TOGETGER WITH THE CURRENT CHANGE THE INPUT SIGNAL HAS TO BE ACTIVATED AT LEAST 0 5 SECONDS AFTER THE FAULT OCCURES DISTANCE TO SHORT CIRCUIT Fault reactance Distance to fault Voltage drop Fault duration Fault type Humber of faults Fault date 2011 01 20 Fault time hh mm ss mss 11 59 53 320 Current before fault 54 A Fault current 2575 A Current after fault BIA Algorithm condition OK Reference current Trig limit current Current change to trig Line reactance unit Unit km Trigger mode Event enabling ee JAN im 182 VAMP 24h suppor
298. ults Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the overvoltage stages 8 latest faults U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt 59 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Un Maximum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 15 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 This is a basic undervoltage protection The function measures the three line to line voltages and whenever the smallest of them drops below the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Blocking during VT fuse failure As all the protection stages the undervoltage function can be blocked with any internal or external signal using the block matrix For example if the secondary voltage of one of the measuring transformers disappears because of a fuse failure See VT supervision function in chapter 3 7 The blocking signal can also be a signal from the user s logic see chapter 5 8 Self blocking at very low voltage The stages can be blocked with a separate low limit setting With this setting the particular stage will be blocked when the biggest of the three line to line voltages d
299. ure 2 2 1 2 Principles of the menu structure and navigation in the menus 6 Push the INFO key to obtain additional information about any menu item 7 Push the CANCEL key to revert to the normal display ee JAR ie 12 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259ENO007 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Main menu The general menu structure is shown in Figure 2 2 1 2 The menu is dependent on the user s configuration and the options according the order code For example only the enabled protection stages will appear in the menu A list of the local main menu Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus 1 Interactive mimic display 1 Double size measurements 1 defined by the user 1 Title screen with device name time and firmware version P 14 Power measurements E 4 Energy measurements I 13 Current measurements U 15 Voltage measurements Dema 15 Demand values Umax 5 Time stamped min amp max of voltages Imax 9 Time stamped min amp max of currents Pmax 5 Time stamped min amp max of power and frequency Mont 21 Maximum values of the last 31 days and the last twelve months Evnt 2 Events DR 2 Disturbance recorder 2 Runh 2 Running hour counter Active time of a selected digital input and time stamps of the latest start and stop TIMR 6 Day and week timers DI 5 Digital inputs including
300. ure 2 7 2 Difterence between directional mode and non directional mode The grey area is the trip region An example of bi directional operation characteristic is shown in Figure 2 7 3 The right side stage in this example is the stage Idir gt and the left side is Idir gt gt The base angle setting of the Idir gt is 0 and the base angle of Idir gt gt is set to 180 A 90 ind cap A yg Ipr gt gt TRIP AREA SET SET 3 VALUE VALUE ua res res BASE ANGLE 0 BASE ANGLE 180 Ipr gt TRIP AREA cap tind 90 Idir_modeBiDir 15 Figure 2 7 3 Bi directional application with two stages Idir gt and Idir gt gt When any of the three phase currents exceeds the setting value and in directional mode the phase angle including the base angle is within the active 88 wide sector the stage picks up and issues a start signal If this fault situation remains on longer than the delay setting a trip signal is issued Four independent stages There are four separately adjustable stages available Iair gt lar gt gt Laiv gt gt gt and lair gt gt gt gt ee JAN im 78 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 7 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 Inverse operation time Stages lair gt and Iar gt gt can be configured for definite time or inverse time characteristic See chapter 2 24 for details of the a
301. urity e Supported horizontal communication with GOOSE configurable GOOSE publisher data sets configurable filters for GOOSE subscriber inputs GOOSE inputs available in the application logic matrix Additional information can be obtained from the separate documents IEC 61850 conformance statement pdf IEC 61850 Protocol data pdf and Configuration of IEC 61850 interface pdf on our website ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 233 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description IEC 61850 main config parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Port 0 64000 IP protocol port Set Check Yes No If the checkbox Check Set upper upper addresses is addresses checked the below parameters are also checked and used for addressing when the client is communicating to the device by default this is disabled The below parameters are ACSE association parameters described in the standard part 61850 8 1 AP ID nnn nnn nnn nnn ACSE AP title value Set AE 0 64000 ACSE AE qualifier Qualifier P Selector 0 4200000000 Presentation selector S Selector 0 64000 Session selector T Selector 0 64000 Transport selector IED Name String Identifcation of the device Each device must have unique name Delete command Send command to clear dynamic all dynamic datasets datasets M VAP im 234
302. urrent is lagging cos PF ind Forward inductive power current is lagging cos p PF Figure 4 9 1 Quadrants of voltage current phasor plane 90 cap Reverse capacitive power current is lagging Reverse inductive power current is leading cos PF ind Forward inductive power current is lagging cos P PF po cap Forward capacitive power current is leading Figure 4 9 2 Quadrants of power plane Table of power quadrants Power Current Power coso Power factor quadrant related to direction PF voltage inductive Lagging Forward capacitive Leading Forward inductive Leading Reverse capacitive Lagging Reverse een JAN ia VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 193 4 10 Symmetric components 4 Measurement functions Technical description 4 10 Symmetric components In a three phase system the voltage or current phasors may be divided in symmetric components according C L Fortescue 1918 The symmetric components are e Positive sequence 1 Negative sequence 2 Zero sequence 0 Symmetric components are calculated according the following equations So 1 1 1I U S gt 1 a a f V where S la alw So zero sequence component S positive sequence component Se negative sequence component V3 a 12120 2 j a a phasor rotating constant U phasor of
303. us Protocol sync ProfibusDP Protocol sync IEC 103 Protocol sync TEC 101 Protocol sync DNP3 MsgCnt 0 65535 The number of received 0 ete synchronisation messages or pulses Dev 32767 ms Latest time deviation between the system clock and the received synchronization SyOS 10000 000 s Synchronisation correction for Set any constant error in the synchronizing source AAIntv 10000 s Adapted auto adjust interval Set for 1 ms correction AvDrft Lead Adapted average clock drift Set Lag sign FilDev 125 ms Filtered synchronisation deviation Set An editable parameter password needed Astronomically a range 11 12 h would be enough but for political and geographical reasons a larger range is needed Tf external synchoronization is used this parameter will be set automatically ee JAN ia VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENO07 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 10 System clock and synchronization Set the DI delay to its minimum and the polarity such that the leading edge is the synchronizing edge Synchronisation with DI Clock can be synchronized by reading minute pulses from digital inputs virtual inputs or virtual outputs Sync source is selected with SyncDI setting When rising edge is detected from the selected input system clock is adjusted to the nearest minute Length of digital input pulse should be at least 50 ms Delay of the se
304. us forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Link Table Name for the supervised signal Set 2 221 Table Value of the supervised signal 2 231 Cmp Mode of comparison Set gt Over protection lt Under protection Pickup Pick up value scaled to primary level Pickup pu Pick up setting in pu Set t s Definite operation time Set Hyster Dead band setting Set NoCmp pu Minimum value to start under Set comparison Mode lt Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero ee JAIN im 126 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 23 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault value and elapsed delay Recorded values of the programmable stages PrgN 99 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Fault value EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 23 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional NOTE This protection function needs optional hardware in slot X6 More details of th
305. ut 2 Pulse counter input 3 Pulse counter input 4 e pulseconi2 Figure 3 9 3 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common minus and using an external wetting voltage VAMP relays Active exported 4 energy pulses Reactive exported E energy pulses 4 Active imported _ energy pulses Reactive imported energy pulses 4 Pulse counter input 1 Pulse counter input 2 Pulse counter input 3 Pulse counter input 4 e pukeconf3 Figure 3 9 4 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common minus and an internal wetting voltage ee JAIN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 167 3 10 System clock and 3 Supporting functions Technical description synchronization 3 10 System clock and synchronization The internal clock of the device is used to time stamp events and disturbance recordings The system clock should be externally synchronised to get comparable event time stamps for all the relays in the system The synchronizing is based on the difference of the internal time and the synchronising message or pulse This deviation is filtered and the internal time is corrected softly towards a zero deviation Adapting auto adjust During tens of hours of synchronizing the device will learn its average error and starts to make small corrections by itself The target is that when the n
306. utput relays and indicators For more details see chapter 5 4 Blocking Any protection function except arc protection can be blocked with internal and external signals using the block matrix chapter 5 5 Internal signals are for example logic outputs and start and trip signals from other stages and external signals are for example digital and virtual inputs Some protection stages have also inbuilt blocking functions For example under frequency protection has inbuilt under voltage blocking to avoid tripping when the voltage is off When a protection stage is blocked it won t pick up in case of a fault condition is detected If blocking is activated during the operation delay the delay counting is frozen until the blocking goes off or the pick up reason 1 e the fault condition disappears If the stage is already tripping the blocking has no effect Retardation time Retardation time is the time a protection relay needs to notice that a fault has been cleared during the operation time delay This parameter is important when grading the operation time delay settings between relays DELAY SETTING gt trv trer erte TRIP CONTACTS TE i Figure 2 3 1 Definition for retardation time If the delay setting would be slightly shorter an unselective trip might occur the dash line pulse M VAMP im VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 51 2 3 General features of protection 2 Protection
307. vailable inverse delays Stages Iair gt gt gt and lair gt gt gt gt have definite time DT operation delay The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 24 for more information Cold load and inrush current handling See chapter 0 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Figure 2 7 4 shows the functional block of the Idir gt stage Start Register event ian j E Register r event Dir Baseangle Setting Idir gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events Not dir time characteristics Figure 2 7 4 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage Iair gt 3vIdirsblock Parameters of the directional overcurrent stages ldir gt lair gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set m VAP ia VM259 EN007 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 79 2 7 Directional overcurrent
308. virtual inputs DO 4 Digital outputs relays and output matrix ExtAI 3 External analogue inputs 3 ExDI 3 External digital inputs 3 ExDO 3 External digital outputs 3 Prot 27 Protection counters combined overcurrent status protection status protection enabling cold load and inrush detectionIf2 gt and block matrix DIST 1 Common settings for distance zones Z1 Z5 een JAR ie VM259 ENO07 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 13 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus Z1 lt 6 Short circuit distance zone 1 21 4 Z2 lt 6 Short circuit distance zone 2 21 4 Z3 lt 6 Short circuit distance zone 3 21 4 ZA lt 6 Short circuit distance zone 4 21 4 Z5 lt 6 Short circuit distance zone 5 21 4 Zel lt 6 Earth fault distance zone 21N 4 Ze2 lt 6 Earth fault distance zone 21N 4 Ze3 lt 6 Earth fault distance zone 21N 4 Ze4 lt 6 Earth fault distance zone 21N 4 Zed lt 6 Earth fault distance zone 21N 4 LdI gt 4 Line differential stage 87 4 I gt 5 1st overcurrent stage 50 51 4 gt gt 3 24 overcurrent stage 50 51 4 gt gt gt 3 3rd overcurrent stage 50 51 4 Io gt 6 1st directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt 6 2nd directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt gt 4 3rd di
309. voltage measuring mode Table 2 19 1 Voltage measurement modes for synchrocheck function Voltage Terminals Signals in mode Signals in mode input SLN 1LLy 3LN 1LNy Ui X1 11 12 Un U Ute X1 13 14 Ui2 Ui2 ULs X1 15 16 U13 U13 Usyne X1 17 18 U L12 phase to phase sync voltage U L1 phase to ground sync voltage Number of 1 1 synchrocheck stages Availability of Uo and Yes Yes directional Io stages Power measurement 3 phase power 3 phase power nonsymmetrical loads nonsymmetrical loads ee JAN im 120 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM259 ENOO7 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 20 Second harmonic O C stage If2 gt 51F2 2 20 Second harmonic O C stage l2 gt 51F2 This stage is mainly used to block other stages The ratio between the second harmonic component and the fundamental frequency component is measured on all the phase currents When the ratio in any phase exceeds the setting value the stage gives a start signal After a settable delay the stage gives a trip signal The start and trip signals can be used for blocking the other stages The trip delay is irrelevant if only the start signal is used for blocking The trip delay of the stages to be blocked must be more than 60 ms to ensure a proper blocking Setting Delay Enable events 2 Harm Figure 2 20 1 Block diagram of the second harmonic stage Setting parameters of se
310. xIn Current limit setting for idle Set situation Pickup xIn Pick up setting for minimum Set start current 80 ms Maximum transition time for start recognition Pickupf2 Pick up value for relative Set amount of 2 4 harmonic I2 Ir Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAN im VM259 ENOO7 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 153 3 4 Voltage sags and swells 3 Supporting functions Technical description 3 4 Voltage sags and swells The power quality of electrical networks has become increasingly important The sophisticated loads e g computers etc require uninterruptible supply of clean electricity VAMP protection platform provides many power quality functions that can be used to evaluate monitor and alarm on the basis of the quality One of the most important power quality functions are voltage sag and swell monitoring VAMP provides separate monitoring logs for sags and swells The voltage log is trigged if any voltage input either goes under the sag limit U lt or exceeds the swell limit U gt There are four registers for both sags and swells in the fault log Each register will have start time phase information duration minimum average maximum voltage values of each sag and swell event Furthermore there are total number of sags and swells counters as well as total timers for sags and swells The voltage power quality functions are located under the submenu U S
311. ys were using equations approximating the behaviour of various induction disc type relays A quite popular approximation is Equation 2 24 1 3 which in VAMP devices is called IEEE2 Another name could be IAC because the old General Electric IAC relays have been modeled using the same equation There are four different delay types according Table 2 24 1 4 The old electromechanical induction disc relays have inverse delay for both trip and release operations However in VAMP devices only the trip time is inverse the release time being constant The operation delay depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 24 1 3 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 24 1 3 B D E t k A z g I I I ao c C C pickup L pickup Les t Operation delay in seconds k User s multiplier I Measured value Tpickup User s pick up setting A B C D E Constant parameter according Table 2 24 1 4 Table 2 24 1 4 Constants for IEEE2 inverse delay equation Delay t Parameter S A B C D E MI Moderately inverse 0 1735 0 6791 0 8 0 08 0 1271 NI Normally inverse 0 0274 2 2614 0 3 1899 9 1272 VI Very inverse 0 0615 0 7989 0 34 0 284 4 0505 EI Extremely inverse 0 0399 0 2294 0 5 3 0094 0 7222 m VAP im

VAMP 210

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents